Elementary English Reader Far Spanish-Speaking Students

ELEMENTARY

EN G L I SH R EADER

Far Spanish- speaking S tuden ts

BY

COLLEY F . SPARKMAN ,PHD .

HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT OF M ODERN LANGUAGES ,UNIVERSITY OF WYOM ING;FORMERLY PROFESSOR OF

ENGLISH AND FRENCH, UNIVERSITY OF CUzco, PERU

D . C . HEAT H AND COM PAN Y

BOSTON NEW YORK CH ICAGO

SAN FRANCI SCO DALLAS

LONDON )

COPYRIGHT, 1928, BY

D . C . HEATH AND COMPANY

All rights reserved

Es propiedad. Queda hecho el depésito yel correspondiente registro que ordena laley en la Gran Bretafia para la protecciénde esta obra en aquél y en todos los

paises que firmaron el Tratado deBerna .

PREFACIO

Dos son‘

los fines esenciales de este Elementary English

Reader: (1) servir de texto para los alumnos de habla espafiola

que empiezan el aprendizaje de la lengua inglesa; (2) servir

de suplemento al Primer Curso de I nglé-s del mismo autor .

Contiene el libro un capitulo preliminar sobre pronuncia

cién inglesa, una, rica y variada, coleccic’

mde trozos de lectura,unas canciones bien conocidas por todos los nifios de habla

inglesa, un apéndice de reglas gramaticales, y un vocabulario

inglés- espafiol.

Los trozos d’

é/lectura van divididos en tres partes . La

primera, parte comprende cuentos , leyendas y tradiciones

ingleses, y varios episodios de la coloni zacién de los Estados

Unidos y de la Vida de sus héroes principales . Completan

los capitulos de esta, parte ejercicios de pronunciacién y

de gramatica ,destinados los primeros a ayudar a los alum

nos de habla espafiola a veneer la, mayor dificultad con que

tropiezan al estudiar el inglés, y los segundos a servir de

base de orientacién , ya para el dominio de - los principios

fundamentales de la gramé‘

tica inglesa , ya para su repaso .

La segunda parte versa, sobre los Estados Unidos : su

historia, su gobierno , su desarrollo nacional,sus industrias ,

su Vida social,sus diversiones , sus escuelas, sus ideales .

La tercera parte contiene trozos escogidos de la literatura

inglesa, clésica, y moderna , sin distincién de origen , pues la

literatura inglesa es toda una, ya haya sido producida en las

Islas Briténicas , ya en Australia, ya em61 Canada, ya en los

Estados Unidos .

PREFACIO

Deseo hacer constar aqui mi reconocim iento a mi buen

amigo y colega, ol sefior Frank M . Kercheville, por su refun

dicion de los cuentos de la primera parte de este libro; a, mi

esposa,KathrineWendelbo Sparkman, por la lectura y correccion de las pruebas, labor que realizo con cienzudamente;y a]

sefior José Padin , del cuerpo de redaccion de la casa editorial

D . C . Heath y Compania, cuyo nombre deberia aparecer al

lado del mio como co- autor de este libro , por no haber pagina

donde él no haya puesto su mano, y no ha puesto su mano en

ninguna parte del texto sino para mejorarlo .

COLLEY F. SPARKMANLARAM IE , WYOM INGA 26 de octubre de 1927

“

INDICE DE MATERIAS

PREFACIO

INDICE DE MATERIAS

TNDICE DE GRABADOS

PRONUNCIACIoN

THE HOUSE THAT JACK BUILT t:

Ejercicios de Pronunciacio’

n : Las consonantes finales,

la —ed final, 1a 8 final

Ejercicios de Gramdtica: La forma. de la pregunta, dictado, tema

THE OLD WOMAN AND THE PIG

Ejercicios de Pronunciacwn : Vocales largas y breves,la 3 final, el sonido de d, l, n y tEjerciczos de G

'ramatica : E1 uso del articulo indeter

minado, las formas fundamentales de los verbos irregulares

,cuestionario

THE THREE BEARSEjercicios de Pronunciacién : El sonido de la b, ol sonido

de la vocales largas y breves, ol sonido de —ed fin al

Ejercicios de Gramdtica : La forma del verbo emla tercera

persona de présente, el plural de los verbos, la forma de la

pregunta, dictado

THE BLIND BEGGARS AND THE ELEPHANTEjercz

'

cws de Pronunciacw’

n : E1 sonido de la h,e1 sonido

de wh

Ejerciczos de Gramdtz’

ca : El orden de las palabras, 1aforma del gerundio, traduccion al espafiol, el pretérito yel continuativo pasado

BELLING THE CATEjercicios de Pronunciacz

’

on : Las consonantes finales,division de palabras en silabas, los participios pasivos .

Ejercicios de Gramdtica : Traduccion ,ol participio pasivo

y ol infinitivo, cuestionario

PAG INAS

28—30

33—34

34—35

viii INDICE DE MATERIAS

KING ALFRED AND THE CAKESEjercz

’

cios de Pronunciacio’

n : El sonido de 0 , k, g y j, el

plural de los sustantivos, el sonido de 1a 3Ejercz

’

cios de Gramdtz’

ca : E1 apostrofo, la formacién depreguntas en el tiempo presente, 1a formacion de preguntasen ol tiempo pretérito

THE SPANISH EXPLORERSEjerc'icios dePronunciac wn : Los sonidos de la 11

,los soni

dos de la 9, letras doblesEjercicios de Gramdtz

’

ca : El adjetivo y sus grados decomparacion , cuestionario

SIR WALTER RALEIGHEjercicios de Pronunciaczor

'

z: Diptongos y non - diptongos,los sonidos de la aEjercicios de Gramatica : El apostrofo, los adjetivos

posesivos de la tercera persona , modismos, cuestionario

CAPTAIN JOHN SM ITH AND POCAHONTASEjercic ws de Pronunc wcw

’

n : Los sonidos de la 6, vocalesfinales inacentuadasEjercicios de Gramdtz

'

ca : La colocacion del adverbio ,pronombres personales, dictado

THE PILGRIMSEjercicios de Pronunciac wn : E1 sonido de la d medial y

final, ol sonido de b y de g dentro de la palabra , ol sonido dela los sonidos de la 0

Ejercicios de Gramdtz’

ca : La voz pasiva, el uso do as , so,

than , of en comparaciones

BENJAMIN FRANKLINEjercz

'

cios de Pronunciaczon : El acento tonico, la divisionde palabras en silabas, maneras de escribir el sonido de o,

f, l y sEjercz

'

cios de Gramdtica . Traduccion al inglés de ciertosreflexivos espanoles, verbos compuestos, modismos

GEORGE WASHINGTONEjercz

'

c'ios de Pronunciacién : Los sonidos de la u

,los

sonidos de th, pronunciacion de ciertas particulas de pronunciacion irregular

37—38

38—40

40—4 1

42—44

44—4 5

45—46

46—48

48—50

50—53

53—54

54—55

55—57

59—61

iNDICE DE MATERIAS ix

PAG INAs

Ejercicios de Gramdtica : La colocacion de los pronombres complementos, la forma del pronombre complementousado como complemento directo o como complementoindirecto, el pronombre relativo 61—62

ABRAHAM LINCOLN 63- 65“

Ejercz'

cios de Pronunciac wn : E1 sonidode t, d, k, g, p, bfinales de silaba, combinaciones de consonantes, ol sonido de121 j y ol sonido de la 9 seguida de una e o una z

'

Ejercz’

cios de Gramdt'ica : E1 uso del articu lo indeter

minado, ol uso del articulo determinado, dictado

THE Two AMERICASTERRITORIAL EXPANSION OF THE UNITED STATESTHE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATESDEVELOPMENT OF TRANSPORTATIONINDUSTRIESSPORTS AND AMUSEMENTSCUSTOM S AN

_

D MANNER SAMERICAN EDUCATIONAM ERICAN COLLEGE LIFERECENT ECONOM IC TENDENCIESLIBERTY OR DEATH

, por Patrick HenryTHE BLUEB IRD, por John BurroughsMOSES MAKES A BARGAIN

, por Oliver G oldsmithTHE ORIGIN OF ROAST PIG , por Charles Lamb“ UNCLE JOE ” CANNON’S DEATHFROZEN WORDS , por Joseph Addison .

DON .

’T GIVE UP , por Phoebe Cary

THE WIND AND THE MOON , por G eorge M acDonald

THE SHIP OF STATE, por HenryW . Longfellow

WHEN ICICLES HAN G BY THEWALL, porWil liam ShakespeareDAFFODILS

, por William WordsworthAN ANGLo - SAXON

’S PRAYER

WOMAN’S WILL, por John Godfrey Saxe

RIDDLEON THE VOWELS, por Jonathan SwiftR IDDLER IDDLELIMERICKTONGUE N ISTER

x INDICE MATER IAS

TONGUE TW ISTER

APfJNDICE 131—142

MUSICALESNou s AL VOCABULARIOVOCABULARIO

iNDICE DE GRABADOS

THE HOUSE THAT JACK BUILTTHE MAIDEN ALL FORLORNTHE PRIEST ALL SHAVEN AND SHORNTHE 0 115WOMAN AND THE PIGTHE BLIND BEGGARS AND THE ELEPHANTKING ALFRED ALLOW S THE CAKES TO BURNPONCE DE LEONDE SoTo’

s DISCOVERY OF THE M ISS ISS IPPI

SIR WALTER RALEIGH

QUEEN ELIZABETH OF ENGLANDCAPTAIN JOHN SMITHPOCAHONTASDEPARTURE OF THE PILGRIMS FROM HOLLANDTHE FIRST THANKSG IVINGBENJAMIN FRANKLING EORGE WASHINGTONABRAHAM LINCOLNTHE WHITE HOUSEA PASSENGER TRAIN OF TO- DAY

NEW ENGLAND COTTON M ILLSATHLETIC EXHIBITION G IVEN BY PUBLIC SCHOOL CHILDRENOF TACOMA

, WASHINGTONEVANSTON TOWN SHIP HIGH SCHOOLA GAME OF FOOTBALL IN THE YALE BOWL

,THE FAMOUS

ATHLETIC FIELD OF YALE UNIVERS ITYUNCLE Jon CANNON

ELEMENTARY ENGLI SH READER

PRONUNCIACION 1

1 . Clave de los sonidos de las letras inglesas .

é , como 672on reina : ‘ta

‘

xle,2 fate, may, pain. (Igual a g.)

5, mas abierto que la a en macho : fét, mi n , S im .

éi, como la (1 en majo: calm , art, farm , harm .

a , como ao en aojo: warm, tall, egll, stall. (Igual aa, més abierto que la (1 en capitulo: fast, ask , éé, como ea en fea : fare, bare, hair, stair. (Igual a é. )

a, més abierto que la 0 en sol: wa§, qual’ityfi (Igual a

h ,5 , como eu francesa. en flew : eol

’lér, li

’ér, beg gar. (Igual a

fi.)

é , como ii, en 37? id : hé, méte, sée, géde, ré—géive

’. (Igual a

é, més abierto que la e en del : mét, tén , sénd.

é, como eu en fea : whére, $hére, théir, ére . (Igual ag , como ez

’

eu refina : thgy, weigh, ngz

’

gh. (Igual a6, como eu francesa en flew : hér, férn , ré bit

’tén . (Igual a

5, i , 6,

como ai en baile : fine, li fe , Wife , pipe. (Igual amés abierto que la 73en mil: it, S

V

m , sit, pig. (Igual a y.)como 1572en 37? id : pé

- lige , ma’

i - rine , ma—ghi’

n e. (Igual a é .)i, como eu francesa en flew : girl, sir, fir. (Igual a 5, 6, 6,

id!

t—tD-‘

l

1 Los profesores no deberén exigir nu dominio completo de los siguientes pérrafos antes de comenzar las lecciones de lectura . En los

ejercicios de pronunciacion de las lecciones se trata uno por uno cada

pérrafo, con abundancia. de ejemplos y de ejercicios que pondrén al

alumno en condicion de pronunciar ol inglés. Si se desea una discusionmas detallada de la pronunciacion inglesa, véanse las pfiginas 1

—19

del Primer Curso de Inglés por Sparkman .

2 Las letras en bastardilla son mudas .3 El signo indica que la sflaba precedente debe acentu-

arse .

2 ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER

6, como ou en lo usa : lome , tone, moan , load.

6, mass abierto que la 0 en sol: not, cop, box. (Igual a. a.)g, como la. u en tu : do, to, two. (Igual a 11 , 0

6, como ao en aojo: form, for, storm, lord. (Igual a a .)

o, més abierto que la. u en turco: wolf, bo’

§6m . (Igual ao, como la 6 francesa. en le: léve, sbn , edme . (Igual 3. ii .)6, como en francesa eu flew : wfirk , word, eol

’or. (Igual a. 5,

fi.)

fi, como in en viuda: tfibe, efibe , pfire, efire. (Igua l a ew.)ii, como la, 6 francesa. en 16 : tfib , efip, nfit, bfin . (Igual a

como la. u emtu : rule , erg’él, jg ige , true. (Igua l a g,

11, més abierto que 15 u eu turco: full, bull, put. (Igual a o,fi, como en francesa en fieur : firn , ffirl, efir

’

ly. (Igual a 5 , 6, 1,

y, como av: en baile : mi , try, dé—n",m6d

’“—fy. (Igual a i .)y, mas a,bierto que 13. i en mil: lynch, ti

’dy, m5d

’ly. (Igual a i. )

ew, como in en m’

uda : few, new, t e- view

'. (Igual a.

oi, como oy en soy: boil, coil, soil. (Igual a oy.)66 , como la. u en tu : mo

_

o, mo_

on , ca m, ffi l. (Igu‘al a g,

més abierto que 13. u en turco: lo‘ok, book. (Igual a 9 ,cu, como an en ausencia : found, out, sound, noun . (Igual a ow.)ow, como ou en ausencz

'

a: down , town , how, clown . (Igual a ou .)oy, como oy en soy: boy, toy, coy

'ly. (Igual a. oi.)115 , como ue en suelo : pér- su5de’, és - su5ge’.

b , més fuerte que la b on bien , igual en todas las posiciones : bfi’by,

bob .

6 , como la 0 eu cama : eét, e5n , 5che, eh5’6s , t6—b5e

’c6. (Igual a k .)

9, como 13. 3 en sino : gént, giv’il, gi

- g5i",mé- ghine

’

. (Igual a s .)ch, como oh en Chico: chi ld, mfich, Dt

‘

itch . (Véase arriba el soniido

excepcional de oh en éehe y ma

d, parecido a.la.d espanola, pero la. lengua no toca los dientes incisivos.Tiene cierta. semejanza. a. 13. r en pero: d5te, 15d, tg- déy

’.

f, como 13, f on fama: f5te , f5n , téf’

fi'

r. (Igual a ph.)

g, como 13. 9 eu gato: géve , gét, gfin , lég, bég’

g5r.

g, como dch en id chicos : gém , gin , 5ge, st5ge . (Igual a j. )gh, como 13. f on fama : laugh , cough , tofigh . (Igual a f.)h, més débil que 13. j eu Jucm: h5te , him , in - hére

'.

j, como dch en 13d chicos : jim , jfimp, joke, Jép, J5ue. (Igual a g.)k , como qu en queso: k éel, kén , king, péak , b5ck . (Igual a e.)l, menos dental que la 1 en lino: l5te, 15d, lét, e5ll.

ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER 3

m, como la. m en mula : made, mét, came, grém , l5mb.

'

n, menos dental que la n on no: n5me , nést, tén, sin’né

'

r.

p, como 13. p eu poco: p51e, pét, 15p, dip’

pér.

ph , como la f on fama : ph5§e , phiz , phi - los’o-

phy. (Igual a f.)qu , como cu en cuento: qu5k e , quéen , quick, quote.

r, parecido a. la. r espanola, pero la, punta. de la lengua no 130 03. ui los

dientes ni ol paladax : f éin ,réu , rést, firm , dif

’

fér.

s , parecido a la 3 en sino, pero més largo ymas tenso, y siempre claro

y distinto : s5me, s5d, séed, léss , fis , ffis’sy. (Igual a g. )

g, mfis sonoro que la 8 en mismo: r6§e , fige, goeg. (Igual ash , como ch francesa. en chic: shé, shéep, ship , shop , shfit.t, como 15 t espanola, pero la. lengua. no 130 03. los dientes in cisivos :

t5me, r5t, m5te, 15t’té

’

r.

$11 , parecido a la. d on enredo: thém , thét, With, fa’thér.

th , como 13. c ceceosa de Castilla : thick, thought, truth .

v, como una f sonora . E1 labio infegior toca los incisivos superioresinientras se pronuncia una v espafiola : v51e, van , h5ve.

W , como 15 u en huasta: want, Will, Work, Wést.x, como la. x en exacto, 0 sea k s inglesa : box, 6x

’én , éx

3, 00 11 10 gz inglesa. en béggz ég - ist’

, éx- on’ér- éte , ég - im’

ple.

y, como la y en ya: yés , yard, yofing, hé-

yond’

, Yfile .

z, més sonoro que la 8 en mismo: zést, bfizz , h5

’zy. (Igual a. g.

wh, como ju en juez: What, Whén , Whére, Whi le, Which .

Observaczcm : La diéresis se coloca, sobre la. e y 13. 0 para indicar quela vocal que precede a ésta. pertenece a. otra sflaba . Este simbolo no

se usa en ol inglés moderno salvo en aquellos casos donde la adicién de

un prefijo junta. dos vocales indénticas , como en reenter y cooperate. En

estos casos la. diéresis suele ser reemplazada por ol guion : t e- enter , cooperate;so use. ol guion también para, deshacer un

'

diptongo : eo- Work’ér.

2 . Los dos sonidos de la 0 La c delante de e o i suena.

como 15 s espanola, pero en otras posiciones suena. como la.

c on coma

géde, mige, gi- g5r'

, gént, géll, coat, efit, 5t’iie, to- b5e

’c6.

3. Los dos sonidos de la g . La g suena generalmente

como 15 g on gato, pero si V3. delante de e o i en palabras de

origen latino,tiene ol sonido de 15 j inglesa :

gi te, gét, give, zé , gnu , bég, gém , 5ge , p5ge, gé- al'a- gv.


4. Los dos sonidos dé la 3 . La s inglesa tiene dos soni

dos distintos : la. s sorda, 0 sea. espanola, y la. sonora,0 sea 13. z inglesa . Las dos s son siempre clams ; nun ca. sonabsorbidas por otros sonidos . Con la excepcion de 15 m ,

15 consonante que sigue a la. s no influye en ol sonido de

ésta . En las reglas que siguen no se toma en cuenta. ol

sonido de 15 s de los verdaderos prefijos mis y dis oi que

os siempre una s espanola .

1 . La 8 al principio de palabra suena. como la. s espafiola :

si t, sée, sin , sold, sh5ll, seén , spénd, sti'

m , swing, sys’tém .

Observacz’

én : La. s suena. como sh eu sure y eu sus derivados : sure,sure’ly, sure

’ty, in - sure’

, és - sure'

; también en su’

g5r .

2 . La, 8 junto a consonante (e'

xcepto la m) en 9 ] interior

de palabra. suena. como la. 8 espafiola :

rasp,first, tr5ns

’fér, mis

’chzef, dis

- prove’

, 5b’s6- lute, dis-

pénse’

Obsérvese

prigm, eh5§m, hér'o-

‘

igm, eog’mi

'

e, elfim’

gy, R5m’

gey.

3. La. 8 entre vocales suena.

(1) Por regla. general como 13. z inglesa

wige,whgge, r6§e, n5'

§51, d5i’

§y, dé’

§érve, fi’

§fi- él, éa§’i- ly, séa

'

gbn,

poi’

gbn, ma-

gé’fim, im-

poge’

, mfi’

gie. Obsérvese : e5se, base .

(2) Hay tendencia a pronunciarla como la 8 espanola

si esté. en contacto con una. combinacion de vocales , pero

hay muchas excepciones :

lcfi se, gfi se, géese, moose, léase, mouse , grouse, géase, ré- sourge’.

Obsérvese:

éage, pléa§e, ré-

gound'.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join


sordo de th (sin signo ortogréfico) suena. como la. 2 ceceosa.

de Castilla, 0 sea. una. z pronunciada con la. lengua. entre losdientes . La. th sorda. os la més corriente .

1 . La th 5 1 prin'

cipio de la palabra :

(1) Es sonora. solamente en las palabras sigui entes y en

sus derivados :

thé, this, thé§e, thét, thgy, thém , théir, thin , thén , t-hénge , thére,though, thfis y en los pronombres antiguos : thou , thy, thine, thée.

(2) Es sorda. en los demés casos :

thin, thick, throw, throat, thé’é- tér, tht

‘

in’dér, thé

- ol’o- gy.

2 . La th en ol interior de la. palabra :

(1) Es sonora delante de la. terminacion —er

mbth’ér, bréth

’ér, f5

't-hér, féath

'ér, léath

’ér, l5th

’ér, 6th

’ér, éitrh

’ér,

néith’ér, ffir

’thér, f5r

’thér, réth

’ér, tg

- géth’ér.

(2) Es sonora. en las palabras que terminan en e muda,

y en sus derivados '

béthe, bréathe, 151he, loathe, wréat-he, tithe , writhe, so-

oth e,

bath'ing, bréathed, bréath’ing , fith

’ing, loath

’ing.

(3) Es sorda en los demés casos :

hé- troth'él, 116th mg, au

’thor, éth 1es , worth

’while, méth cd.

3. La. th final de palabra. os sorda :

both , ténth , héalth , wéalth , tcfi th , téeth , myth, déath .

Observacién : Las ( micas excepciones son : With, smcfi th.

4 .

.

Los plurales de las palabras terminadas en th retienen olsonido sordo si la. vocal precedente os breve; pero si la.

vocal precedente no os breve, cambian la th en $11

myth , myths; déath, déaths; bréath , bréaths;fifth , fifths; bath,bathg;mouth, mouth§; trgth , trgth§;oath, oathg.


Observacién : Los sonidos ingleses no . son modificados nunca. por

otro sonido que se halla. en palabra. distinta . Ya. se ha. visto que 13. sse sonoriza. si se halla entre vocales 0 en contacto con una. m en la.misma

palabra; pero esta influencia no rige entre palabras, como seria el casoen espanol, en as mio. La. palabra, y no el grupo de palabras, es la.unidad de pronunciacion en inglés .

6. La pronunciacmn de las consonantes finales . 1 . Casi

todas las palabras inglesas terminan en consonante;y todas ,con la excepcion de la. h final, que os muda, se pronuncian

bien Clara y distintamente'

page , li ge, if, léaf, hfige , age , édge , 260 1, péel, eéme , loam , d5m,

15mp, céu , cone , loan , nor, b5re , e5r, hér, sir, fis , this , g5s , yés , h5ve,cove, live , box, 6x, haze , gréze , to

’

péz , i§, h5§, wag.

2 . De la. misma manera se pronuncian las muchas sflabasque terminan en consonante z

péage’fnl, 5f

’tér, p5ge

’ing, oil

’

y, com’pa- ny, hon

’or, més

’tér, lov

’ing,

bfiz’zing, 5

3. Las consonantes finales t, d , k , g , p, b , no se pronuncian

con una. explosmn vooélica . Se pueden pronun ciar co

rrectamente manteniendo la posicion de la lengua. y con

servando los labios bien cerrados hasta completar ol sonido .

Si se despegan los labios al pronun ciar la. p o 15 b , 0 Si se

baja. la. lengua al pronun ciar 15 t, la. (1, 15 k , 0 15 g , se produce

un sonido in correcto

t5p, e5h, nég, 15d, late , e5k e , lobe, b5ck , vogue , eét’bird, m5d

’65p,

ac'mé

, t5b’

lét, fig'ly, fip- town ’

, b5ck’w5rd, Oe- ta

'bér.

Observaczon : Si t, d, k , g, p o b sigue a. otra. consonante en la.mismasilaba hay que dar la. explosion vocalica, porque de otro modo no se

oiria la. segunda consonante :

told, bolt, mask, rasp , bégged, bérg, b i‘

ilb , ask ed (askt) .

7 . La pronunciacion de —ed . La. terminacion ed ,

especialmente en los pretéritos y en los participios, suena

como sigue


1 . Como t, si sigue a. las consonantes sordas,eh , f, gh,

p, sh , ss

létched, chi ffed, 15pped, hfished, l5ck ed, mi ssed, laughed (léift) .

2 . Como (1, Si sigue a. las consonantes sonoras , b , g , m, n ,

r, v, W , 2 :

st5bbed, bégged, félled, siinned, pfirred, 16ved, showed, bfizzed.

3. Como la. silaba — ed , solamente si sigue a 15 t o 15 d

fit’

téd, 5d’déd, whét

’téd, néed

’éd, 5d-mit

’

téd, point’éd .

8 . Consonantes dob les . 1 . Casi todos los monosilabos terminados on f, s , 1, o c, doblan la consonante final

cuando ésta va precedida de una sola vocal,pero las dos

consonantes se pronuncian como si fueran una sola letra :

efiff,_

pfifi, miss , kiss , 511, ball, tall, téll, séll, béck , hi ck, brick, stick,rock, block, déck .

Nota : Hay algunas excepciones; las més notables son : fis , 5g, ig,wa§ , h5§, this , yés , h

‘

ig, of (ov) , if.

Observacién : Las consonantes finales no se doblan si las precedeun diptongo o una combinacion de vocales :

h@f, léaf, shéaf, chlef, b éef, coal, goal, léak , spéak , boyg.

2 . En los derivados, y en toda palabra de més de una

silaba estas consonantes se doblan si la sflaba lleva. ol acento

tonico; pero Si no,se escriben con una sola. letra :

ful—fi ll’

, skil l’ful;5 - er6ss’, Jé

’

gfis ;5 - bi ck’, com’ic;fore- téll

’

, bév’él;

dis - til l’, dév’il; b5ck

’w5rd, ée- to’bér; m6r

’51, in

—stgll’. Una excep

cion notable os fin - til’

, y hay otras que terminan en el.

3. Eu todas las palabras derivadas y en otras en que se

dobla una consonante cualquiera. para indicar que la. vocal

precedente os breve,no so pronuncia mds que la. consonante

de la, silaba acentuada :

m‘

in’ning, hot’tést, tél

’lér, kit

’ty, méd

’dén , 5t- téck

’

, ee‘

ib’bége,

és - sist’, dif’

fér- ént, bob’bin

, pro- fés

’sor, t6

- b5e’co, M is - sis - sip’pi.


4 . Si 15 consonante doble se debe a. otra. causa que la. de

indicar una vocal breve, se pronuncian las dos prolongando

ol sonido de la. primera '

soul’léss, foul

’ly, k éen ness, mis- state’, out- trév’él.

9. La pronunciacion de b , d , g dentro de la palabra.

Hay que tener mucho cuidado con la. pronunciacion de estas

consonantes dentro de la palabra . Nun ca son fricativas

como lo son en espanol en estos casos . No importa. cuél

sea. su posicion en la palabra., cada. una. conserva su sonido

invariable en inglés . E1 aparato vocal se cierra por completo

al pronunciarlas , pero no hay explosion vocalica. cuando

preceden a otra consonante :

b5’b5

‘

r, la

’dy, Ifig

’

gfige , d5d’dy, eéb

’mén , dag'waad, ag

'ly, bob’bin ,

bod’

y, dog’

géd- ly, code’bcTok , lob

’stér, lob

’by, ta

’ble.

10 . Divisiom de las palabras eu silabas . Las palabras

inglesas se dividen en sflabas segl’

i n las reglas siguientes :

1 . Los monosflabos,0 sea. las palabras que contienen una

sola. vocal o diptongo (excluyendo las mudas) , nun ca sedividen :

though, st5bbed, pfirred, boiled, 15te , passed, dipped.

2 . Dos con sonantes dentro de la palabra. se dividen

excepto cuando las dos forman un solo sonido :

pic’nic, chil’drén , pro

-

phét’ie, chfirch e§, téb

’lét.

3. Una consonante entre vocales cierra la. silaba si laprimera vocal os breve y acentuada :

név’ér, eéb

’i- nét, prég

’ént, in - év’

i’

t- éble, hé- néf’i- gént.

4 . Las vocales largas, y las breves que no llevan el acentotonico, generalmente cierran la. silaba :

mé’

di—fim, A-mér’i- eé, mi- nor’i- ti , in - dé-

pénd ent, in - di- vid’fi- al.


11 . E1 acento'

tonico . El acento tonico (indi cado en ol

vocabulario por ol s_

igno que sigue a. la. sflaba. que debe acen

tuarse) cae corno sigue :

1 . G eneralmente en ol radical :

love’ly, fise’léss , fin - kind’

, fish’ér, 5t

- ténd’

,ill’ness , 5—eross

’

.

2 . En 15 s palabras que terminan on ion , 5 1, el, ity,

ify, ious , nous , raphy, ogy, en la sflaba que precede a. estas

terminaciones

pé tion , con - ffi’

gion , 6- pin’

ion , ch5r’i- ty, pos - si- bil 1- ti , typ 1- fy,

ele‘

is’s i- ii , pho- tog

’ra-

phy, gé - ag'ra-

phy, gé- al'a- gy.

3. En la liltima silaba. del verbo y en la. penfiltima del

sustantivo Si los dos tienen la‘

m isma forma :

(acentuar) , ée’

gént (acento); oh- jéct’

(objetar) , 6b’

jéct

(objeto); éx- tri ot’

(extraer) , éx’tréct (extrato); pro

- dfige’

(producir) ,

prod’

fige (producto); pér- ffime'

(perfumar) , pér’ffime (perfume) .

4 . Por regla general , en la. prim era. Sflaba. de las palabras

de dos 0 sflabas;os siempre 5 81 en las de origen angio

sajon :

ho’ly, kitch eu , king

’dom , fol

’low, lév el, dif

’

fi- efilt.

12. La pronunciac1on de las yocale s finales'

. La pro

nunciacion de una vocal que term ina la silaba os muy dificil

para los de habla. espanola .

1 . Si la. vocal final se halla. en sflaba acentuada, resultéb

siempre un sonido variable,puro al prin cipio , pero modifica

ble con tendencia a. convertirse en diptongo mientras ol

aparato vocal sufre un cambio gradual de posicion . Po’

nysuena. como poum

’

; li’

my qomo laimz’

; Bfi'léh como biu la;

hé como biz’

; b5’

k ér como bezqu er.

ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER 1 1

2 . Si 15 vocal final no se halla. en silaba. acentuada, se pro

nnncia muy relajadamente . En realidad,las vocales finales

inacentuadas son tan imprecisas y vagas que dificilmente

se distinguen entre Si . Todas suenan como uh inglesa muyrelajada. e indistinta :

s6’

f5 , s6’d5 , 5

- d6pt’

, A—mér’i—eé , hi s

’

tory, pé’

r- sé- vére’

, i v’é- nfie,

in - di—vid’

fi- él, in'

- jfi- ri , t6- bée’

- c6, to- déy

’

, pé- lige’

13. Reglas para la pronunciacmn de las vocales largas ylas breves :

1 . E1 sonido largo de las vocales E5 , 6, i (y) , 6, ocurre

(1) Cuando en una. palabra. no hay més que una vocal

sonora :

m5y, say, mé, shé, séc , séc, die, tie, my, dye, fée , low, dfie.

(2) Cuando45 sflaba. termina. on e muda :

5te, came , géde, bite, write , n6te, wr6te, ffime, dé - gide'.

Observacién : Exceptlians e algunas palabras terminadas en ve

live, give, 16ve, d6ve, h5ve, 5 - b6ve’

, ée’tive.

(3) G eneralmente en las combinaciones de vocales una

de las cuales os muda :

S511 , t5i1, éat, séen , plece , board, e6al, yofi, béan , door, péo’

ple,

géil’ing, niége , piége, fefid, beafi

’tiful, Efi

’- rope.

Nota : Obsérvese que la. segun da. vocal os la. muda. excepto en las

combinaciones ie, on y ou .

(4) Cuando se halla. al fin de una. silaba acentuada :

é’vén , di

’ét, pi

’t 5te ,

-

n6’ble, pr6

’b5te, efi

’bie, dymg.

2 . El son ido breve de las vocales E5, 6, i (y) , 6, ii] ocurreem las sflabas que terminan em consonante excepto la r

sencilla :

eéb’i- nét, Téd

’dy, bit, ill

’néss , typ

’i- ii , eét, n6d, e6t

'tége .


14. Letras mudas . Las consonantes y las vocales mudas

se emplean 0 para. modificar otras de la misma. sflaba. 6 para

indicar ol origen de la palabra .

1 . La e muda. final”

de silaba. indica que la. vocal prece

dente os larga; una consonante muda tiene el mismo efecto :

15te, géde , mite, d6te , lfite, sigh, high, th6ugh, low, k éy.

2 . En los verdaderos diptongos eW , oi, 66 , 0 11 , ow, oy,

115 , 15 8 dos vocales se unen en un solo sonido; pero en las

otras combinaciones una , generalmente la segunda , es muda ,lo que da. sonido largo a, la primera

sée , séa, réad, 650 1, béan , train , fefid, nzege, Efi’répe.

Observacio’

n : E-n algunas combinaciones de ea Ia. e os breve : héad,héalth , réad, déad, léad, déath , Wéalth .

3. En aigunas palabras se afiade una. vocal para. conservar

el sonido de 13. c o de la. g precedentes :

péage’éble , singe mg, guide , guéss , guér- fil

’lé .

Em muchas palabras hay consonante muda que no

tiene mas fin que de indicar ol origen de la palabra :

write, who, knée , knight, t-h6ugh, thought, 15mb, pliimb, sgi enge .

15 . Pronunciacién de combinacion'

es de consonantes .

1 . Dos consonantes al principio de silaba. se funden en un

solo sonido , la segunda pronunciéndose sin interrupcion

alguna . Débese tenor cuidado de ‘evitar la explosion ligera

que se oye em tales casos en espanol , como por ejemplo bl

de blanco :

blfime , brén , el5n , erfiss , drove, dwéll, fly, gléd, gréen , prime, twice,thrée.


3. tion

(1) Precedida de 5, equivale a chfin

qués’tion , di

- gés’tion , sfig- gés

’tion , e6m 6g - haus

’

fion .

(2) En los demés casos, equivale a. shfin

6- r5’tion , e6n

—v6n’tion , ré—gép

’tion , dé

a

gér’tion , e6n

- née’tion .

4 . sion

(1 ) Precedida de vocal , equivale a. zhfin

e6n 6c- ea §ion ,”

m pré- V1 §ion , dé

-

g §ion .

(2) En 10s demés casos , equlvale a. shi’

m

sfis -

pén’

sion , sfib-mér

’sion , e6n

—gés’sion , di

- vér’sion .

5 . ture

Equi vale a. chfire

eép’ture , ffi

’ture , né

’ture, pic

’ture , mix

'ture , efil

'ture.

6. sure

(1) Inioial de pailabra. o precedida. de consonante , equivalea shure

sure , sure’ty, sure

’ly, in - sure’

, és - sure’

, fi s'sur

'

e .

(2) Precedida. de vocal , equivale a. zhfiré

méag’ure , tréa§

’ure, léi

’

éure , a’

gu- réi', pléag

’ure .

7 . ci, ti

Delante de vocal,equivalen 3. sh

G ré’cién , sgu

’

tiofis , e6m és - sén’tial, p5

’tiént, mfi oxan ,

5n’ci6nt, spé

’cial, e6n

’sciénge , sfiffi

’ciént.


8 . ng

(1) Si 13. n termina. la primera silaba. y 13. g da. comienzo

a la. segunda, se pronun cia como ng en tengo :

5n'

gér, B5n’

g6r, fin’

g’

ér, 16n’

gér,1 lt

‘

in’

gést,lyoiin

’

gé'

r,1yox

‘

in’

gést.

l

(2) Si ng termina la silaba, no se oye la. g , pero la. combina

ci6n suena. como la, 71 en tengo. Si se procura. pronun’

ciar

tengo, corténdola. en medio , se con sigue este sonido :sing, fing, s5ug, r5ug, bring, h5ug, thing, 16ng, yofing.

(3) Este liltimo sonido resu lta si se agrega un sufijo a. la.

palabra. prim itiva, excepto en los comparativos y en los

superlativos que terminan en —er y en - est respectivamente :sing

’ing, sing

'ér, hi ng

'ing, bring mg, ring

’ér, ring

’ing.

9 . 11k

Se pronuncia como 15 no on manco; termina siempre la

sflaba, sea. 51 final de palabra. 0 en ol interiorb5nk , bank jgg

‘

;b5nk’ing , think , think

’é’

r, think'ing,

"mk , ink

’sténd,

e6n’

qu6r

17 . Las consonantes sordas y las sonoras . Facilita.

mucho el dominio de los sonidos ingleses ol saber cuéles

son las consonantes sordas y cuales las sonoras . Las con

sonantes sonoras van acompafiadas de vibracién de las

cuerdas vocales, que puede sentirse tocando la. garganta. o

tapando ol oido . Las consonantes sordas no muestran esta

Vibracién laringea ,sino se producen por friccion del aire

al escaparse de la boca . Teéricamente,a cada consonante

sorda corresponde una consonante sonora . Cada. par tiene

la misma. formacién,siendo la. ( mica. diferen cia. la. sonoridad

o la ausencia de ella . Faltan en inglés algunas de una. o deotra. clase , pero la. corresponden cia os més completa que loos en espanol . E1 cuadro siguiente contiene una relacién

completa de las consonantes sordas y las sonoras en inglés :1 Eu los comparativos y los superlativos, los sufijos - er y - est forman

sflaba. separada en las divisiones al fin . del renglén ,pero se pronuncian

como se indica. aqui.

16

Sonido

ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER

SORDA

M odo de represen tarse

eh, ti (en tion precedida detu (emture) : chi ld, sfich ,

qués’tion , eap

’

tfire.

f, ph , gh (final de silaba) :

f5n ,fit, ii , ph5 §e, phi

- l6s’6

h : h5t, hén, big, h6t, hfib .

k, ck , c (Si no precede a. e

o i) : K5te , kég, e5k e , king ,b5ck .

pr pay, pét, pin , pfin . t‘

ip.

s , ss , 0 (delante de e o i) :

sénd, gént,miss ,fis , gi- g5r’.

sh, s (en sure y en sus de

rivados) , ci y ti (delante devocal) , si (en sion precedidade consonante) , ti (en tion

no precedida. de sh511,

shé, sure’ty, sfi

’ciél eau

’

tiox‘

is , mi‘

s’sién , 6

- v5 tion .

t : t5n , téll, tin , n6t, dfi'ty.

th : thin , bath , noth mg .

wh : whéat,whén ,which .

(En realidad es una h mds

una w sordo .)x, (en silaba acentuada 0

em silaba seguida. de con

sonante) : 5x, 5x’1s , 6xgél

'.

(No hay sonidos sordascorrespondientes . )

S om’

do

SONORA

M odo de represen tarse

j, g (delante de e o i) :

Jam : jét’jfig, gémagm'

gér

v : v51e, vést, vile, live ,giv

’

én , é’vén .

(N0 hay som’

do 30m m

correspond ien te. )

g : g5ve, gét, give, 66gfig

’ly, v6gue, guéss .

b : béd, béd, b6d"

, tfib

'

6

d : dal e, clim

m5de.

1513 : this , With , méth’ér.

w : vf76st, want, wish

3, (eu silaba. inacentuada.seguida de vocal acentuada) : éx- ist

’

, 63- 5m’

p1e.

z , zéne , h5z e, n6§e,

la’zy.

z (delante (en-

'

sure precedida de vocal) ,si (en sion precedida. devocal ) , zi (delante de er) :

5’zfire, méag

’fire, i

'

n

§fire, vi§’i6n , glé

’ziér,

br5’z1ér.

PART ONE

THE HOUSE THAT JACK BUILT

This is the house that Jack built .

THE HOUSE THAT JACK BUILT

This is the cheese that lay in the house that Jack built .

This is the rat that ate the cheese that lay in the housethat Jack built .

This is the cat that caught the rat that ate the cheese

that lay in the house that Jack built .

This is the dog that chased the cat that caught the rat

that ate the cheese that lay in the house that Jack built .

Thi s is the cow with the crumpled horn that tossed the17


dog that cha sed the cat that caught the rat that ate the

cheese that lay in the house that Jack bu ilt .

This is the maiden all forlorn that m ilked the cow With thecrumpled horn that tossed the dog that chased the cat thatcaught the rat that ate the cheese that lay in the housethatJack built .

This is the man all tattered and torn that kissed themaidenall forlorn that milked the cow with the crumpled horn that

T1111 MAIDEN ALL THE PR IEST ALL SHAVENFORLORN AND SHORN

tossed the dog that chased the cat that caught the 1at that

ate the cheese that lay in the house that Jack built .

This is the priest all shaven and shorn that married the

man all tattered and torn to the maiden all forlorn that

milked the cow With the crumpled horn that tossed the dogthat chased the cat that caught the rat that ate the cheese

that lay in the house that Jack built


EJERCICIOS DE PRONUNCIACION

A. Prominciense las palabras siguientes prestando especial

atencién al sonido de las consofiantes finales (véase él pdrrafo 6 1 )rat

,that

,built, Jack , and, priest, dog, caught, ate, kissed (kist) ,

tossed (tost) , chased (chast ) , milked (milk t )

B. Prominciense y expliquese po'r qué la edfinal tiene al sonido

de f en la_

s palabras del primer grupo, y de d en las del segundo grupo

(véase el pdrmfo

( 1 ) chased, tossed, kissed, milked

(2 ) crumpled, tattered, married

C . Promtnciense y expliquese por qué la 3 final 36 pronuncia

como la z_

inglesa en las palabras del primer grupo, y como la 3 es

pafiola en las del segundo grupo (véase el'

pdrmfo 4 )

( 1 ) cows, maidens , dogs, houses, horns

(2 ) cats, ratsfpriests

E

-

JERCICIOS DE GRAMATICA 2

A. Estudiese bien la forma de la pregunta y contéstese afirma

tivamente (véase Regla. I en clApéndice de este libro)

1 . Did the cheese lie in the house ? (Respuesta: Yes, the cheeselay in the house . ) 2 . Did Jack build the house ? 3. Did the rat

eat the cheese ? 4 . Did. the cat catch the rat ? 5 . Did the dog

chase the cat ? 6. Did the cow toss the dog? 7 . Did the maiden

milk the cow? 8 . Did the man kiss the maiden 9 . Did the man

marry the maiden

1 Esta,lo mismo que las demas referencias de parrafo, remiten a

la seccion Pronunciacién , paginas 1 a 16 de este libro de lectura.

2 Estos principios gramaticales s_

e tratan mas extensamente en el

Primer Curso de I nglés de Sparkman . Eu adelante se indicara al pie

de cada leccién el parrafo y pagina del Primer Curso de I nglés em que

se‘

tratan los principios gramaticales repasados en Elementary English

Reader.


B. Escribase al dictado: 1

1 . This is the cheese. 2 . Thi s is the house. 3. This is therat . 4 . This is the cat . 5 . This is the cow. 6. Is thi s themaiden ?

7 . Yes, this is the maiden . 8 . Is this the priest ? 9. Yes,this is

the priest. 10. Is the man shaven ? 11 . Yes, the man is shaven ?

C . Léase lo dictado como lo ha leido el profesor.

D . Escribase 1 mpeguefio tema que incluya las frases siguientes

1 . This is the rat that 2 . This i s the cow that tossed thethat chased the that caught the that the cheese

that ih . house Jack . 3. This is the priest thatthe man to the that milked the with the crumpled

THE OLD WOMAN AND THE PIG

Once upon a time an old woman went to market and

bought a pig . On the way home she had to go over a stile .

When they reached the stile, the pig would not go over .

The old woman called her dog and said :“Dog, bite the pig; it Will not go over the stile, and I

cannot get home to—night .

”

But the dog would not .

The old woman raised her stick and said :“ Stick

,beat my dog; he Will not bite the pig; the pig

Will not go over the stile, and I cannot get home to- night .

But the stick would not .

Then the old woman gathered some wood and kindled a

fire and said :“ Fire, burn my stick; it Will not beat the dog; the dog

Will not bite the pig; the pig will not go over the stile, and

I cannot get boine to- night .

”

1 Dictese la oracién entera, como un todo, y no palabra por

palabra .


water will not put out the fire; the fire will not burn the

stick; the stick Will not beat the dog; the dog Will not

bite the pig; the pig will not go over the stile, and I cannot

get home to- night .

”

But the butcher would not .

At last the old woman called the hangman and said :“

Hangnian ,hang the butcher, he will not kill the ox;

the ox Will not drink the water;/the water will not put outthe fire; thefire will not burn the stick; the stick will not

beat the dog; the dog ,will not bite the pig;the pig will

not go over the stile, and I cannot get home to—night .

”

Then the!

t hangman began to hang the'

butcher; the

butcher began to kill the ox the ox began to drink the water;the water began to put out the fire; the fire began to burn

the stick; the stick began to beat the dog; the dog began

to bite the pig; the pig beg an to go over the stile , and the

old woman got home that night .

EJERCICIOS DE PRONUNCIA'

CION

A. Promznciense y expliquese por qué Zas vocales son largas eu

Zas palabras del primer grupo y braves en las del segundo grupo (véase

el pdrmfo 13)

( 1 ) go, he, she, lay, say, day,eat , beat , maid

, priest, raise, sees,

goes, stile, ate, home,my,

way,lie

,bite

,fire

,time

(2 ) cat,rat

,dog, is, kiss, that, Jack , get, got , stick

,will, pig,

not,can

,ox

,drink

,toss

,when

B. Prominciense (véase el pcirmfo 4 )

( 1 ) cats, rats, priests, markets,stick

(2 ) maids,dogs, horns, houses, butchers, fires , homes

, pigs

C . Prom’

mciense las siguientes palabras prestando especial

atencwn al sonido de d, 1, n y t (véase al pdrrafo

dog , lay, torn ,not

,eat

,man ,

maid, put, had, heat , can ,bite

,old,

will,stile

,drink


EJERCICIOS DE GRAMATICA 1

A. Digase por qué se ha usado a 0 an eu cada uno de los ejemplos

siguientes (v’

éase Regla I I

a eat, a dog, a home,a priest, an ox, a hangman

, a woman, an

old woman ,a man , an old man

B. Apréndanse las formas fundamentales de los verbos siguientes

Modo 3rd. pers . sing . Pretém’

to Participio

I nfinitivo Pres . de I nd. Indicativo Pasivo

beat beats beat beaten

begin begins began begun

bite bites bit bitten

bring brings brought broughtbuild builds built built

burn burns burned burned

buy buys bought bought

catch catches caught caughtchase chases chased chased

drinks drank drunk

eats ate eatenL

gathers gathered gathered

gets got got

goes went gone

has had had

k indles kindled kindled

kisses kissed kissed

lies lay lain

marry marries married married

milk s milked milk ed

puts put put

raises raised raised

say says ( sez ) said ( sed) said (sed)see sees saw seen

tosses tossed tossedtoss

1 Repasense los parrafos siguientes del Primer Curso de I n

-

glés:

14. El articulo indeterminado, pagina 23; 22. La interrogacién , pagina

31;30. Cambios ortogr5ficos eu el presente de indicative , pagina 40.


C . Contéstense segun el sentido (véase Regla I I I

1 . Does the old woman go to market ? (Respuesta : Yes, she .

goes to market . ) 2 . Does she buy a pig ? 3. Does the pig go

oyer the stile ? (Respuesta: No, the pig does not go over the stile . )4 . Does she call the dog ? 5 . Does the dog bite the pig ? 6. Does

she raise her stick ? 7 . Does the stick beat the dog ? 8 . Does she

gather some wood? 9 . Does she kindle a fire? 10 . Does the

fire burn the stick ? 11 . Does she bring some water ? 12 . Does

the water put out the fire ? 13. Does she call the butcher ?

14 . Does the butcher kill the ox ? 15 . Does she see a hangman ?16. Does he hang the butcher ?

THE THREE BEARS

Once upon a time three bears , a big bear, a middle- sized

bear, and a little bear lived in a little house in the woods .

One day while the three bears were out walk in g , a little

girl named G olden Locks found the pretty little house and

went inside . She saw. t hree chairs : a big cha ir for the big

bear, a iniddle- sized chair for the”

m iddle- sized bear,and a

little chair for the little bear . She sat down in the big chair,

but it was too hard . She sat down i n the middle- sized chair,

but it was too soft . She sat down i n the little cha ir,and it

was just right;but itwas very small and she broke it all to

pieces

G olden Locks saw three plates of soup on the table : 1 a

big plate for the big bear, a m iddle- sized plate for the mid

dle- sized bear,and a little plate for the li ttle bear . She tasted

the soup in the big plate , but it was too hot She tasted the

soup in the m iddle- sized plate, but it was too cold . She

tasted the soup in the little plate, and it was just right; and

she drank it all up.

After eating the soup,G olden Locks went upstairs . Here

she saw three beds : a big bed for the big bear, a middle


sized bed for the m iddle- sized bear,and a little bed for the

little bear. She lay down on the big bed , but it was too long .

She lay down on the m iddle—sized bed ,but it was too wide .

She lay down on the little bed ,and it was just right; and

she fell asleep .

In a little while the three bears returned to the house to

eat their dinner. The big bear saw that the chairs had

been'

moved and said,

“ Some one has been sitting in mychair.

”

The middle- sized bear said,Some one has been sitting

in my chair

The little bear said,Some one has been sitting in my

chair to6and has broken it\all to pieces .

The big bear looked at the table and said,Some one has

tasted my soup .

”

Themiddle- sized bear said, Some one has tasted my soup

too.

The little bear said,Some one has tasted my soup too

and has eaten it all up.

After dinner the three bears went upstairs to take a nap .

Seeing flthat

'

the beds were disarranged , the big bear said,

Someone has been lying on my bed .

”

The m iddle—sized bear said,

“ Some one has been lying on

my bed too .

The little bear said,Some one has been lying on my bed

too and here she 18 fast asleep .

”

G olden Locks was frightened when she woke up and saw

the three bears by the bed . She Jumped up and ran out of

the house as fast as she couldfgo . As she ran through thedark woods

,the little girl thought she saw big bears

’

eyes

looking at her and long arms, reaching out to grab her. Ifshe has not stopped , she is still running away from the little

house where the three bears lived in the big woods .



A.

— Pron12nciense las palabras siguientes prestcmdo especial

atencién d_l sonido de la b (véase el pdrrafo

bear, bed, big, broke, built, began ,bite

,bought, bit

'

,burn ,

butcher

B. Prominciense y téngase especial cuidado con el sonido de la v

(véase el pdrmfo

live, have, shaven ,over

C .

— Pr0m’

mciense y digase por que’

son largas los vocales en al

primer grupo, y breves en el segundo (véase el pdrrafo

( 1 ) here, plate, woke, taste, wide, three, broke, time, piece,

name,size

,sleep

(2) bed, big, hot, ran ,left

,just

,sat

,went

,live

,G olden Locks

D . Promtnciense y digase por qué suena la cd como C!en el

primer grupo, coma t em al segundo, y como ed en el tercero (véase

el pdrrafo 7 )

( 1 ) lived, returned, hanged, raised,gathered, burned, frightened(2 ) walked, reached, jumped, tossed, milked

(3) tasted


A. Obsérvese la fatma del verbo en las oraciones siguientes

(véase Regl‘

a I V)

SINGULAR PLU’RAL

The little girl sees three bears . The little girls see three bears .

The bear goes upstairs . The bears go upstairs .

1 Repasense los parrafos siguientes del Primer Curso de I nglés

20. Presente de indicativo de los verbos regu lat es , pagina 31;

29 . Reglas para la formacién del plural de los sustantivos , pagina 39;

89. Observacién, pagina 1 1 1 .


B.

— P6nganse en plural (véase Regla V) :

1 . The dog bites the pig . 2 . The cat catches the rat. 3. The

man builds the house . 4 . The maid milks the cow. 5 . The little

girl breaks the chair. 6. The old woman buys a pig .

C. Estddiese la forma de cada pregunta y contéstese segan el

sentido (véase Regla VI ) :

1 . Who lived in the woods ? 2 . Did G olden Looks go into the

house ? 3. Who saw the three chairs ? 4 . Did the little girl see

the three chairs ? 5 . Who sat down in the“

big chair ? 6. Did

she sit in the little chair first ? 7 . Who tasted the soup ? 8 . Whoate it ? 9 . Did she eat the big bear

’s soup too ? 10 . Who lay

down on the big bear’s bed ? 1 1 . Did she lie down on the little

bear’s bed too ? 12 . Who went upstairs ? 13. Did the three

bears go upstairs too ? 14 . Did Golden Locks run away ?

D . Escribanse al dictado las oraciones siguientes:

1 . The big beanl ives in the woods . 2 . The three bears live in

thewoods . 3. Golden Locks sees three chairs . 4. The three bears

see G olden Lock s in bed . 5 . G olden Looks runs out of the house .

6. The big bear eats his soup . 7 . The middle—sized bear eats hissoup too . 8 . The little bear does not eat his soup

THE BLIND BEGGARS AND THE ELEPHANT

In an ancient city in a far- away country,poor old blind

men used to sit near the main gate and beg from the travelerswho passed by . One day when six Of these blind beggarswere sitting by the gate, a man passed by leading old Jumbo,a giant circus elephant . When the man and his

.

big elephantcame near

,the earth trembled and the blind men were

scared;but they all wanted to see the elephant . Oi course,

they could not see, so they asked the owner to let themtouch the elephant in order to know what kind of an animalhe really was .


The first blind man reached out his hand and touched theelephant’s side . He felt around and said,

“Why,he is just

like a wall . ”

The second blind man reached out and took hold of one of

the long sharp tusks, and exclaimed,“No

,he is not like a

wall . He is just like a spear.

”

The next one took hold of the elephant’s wriggling trunk

and shouted,“He is not like a wall or a spear. He is ex

actly like a snake .

”

Then the next blind man reached out both arms and put

them a round one of the elephant’

s big legs , and said,“Why ,

he is not like a wall,or a spear

,or a snake . Any blin d man

can see that he is just like a tree .

”

The fifth man reached way up, took hold of the big flop

ping ear,and shouted,

“ This animal is just like a fan,

neither hard nor soft .

”

The last blind man,who happened to be standing behind

the elephant,reached out and grabbed the elephant by the

tail . Then he said,Oh

, you blind and foolish men!Evena fool can see that the elephant is not like a wall , or a spear,or a snake, or a tree , or a fan . Why,

this elephant is exactlylike a rope .

”

The owner laughed, and who knows , maybe old Jumbo

laughed too,all to himself . The circus man hooked

'

his

spike into the elephant’s trunk and led him away . The poor

old blind men began to quarrel,each one insisting that he

was right and all the rest were wrong . They quarreled and

quarreled long and loud, till the sun went down .


A. Promznciense las siguientes palabras prestando especial aten

cién d l sonido de la h (véase el pcirrafo

house,horn

,home

,hang, hard, hot, here, hand, heard, happen ,

he,she

,his, her, hold


B . Pronunciese con especial atencién el sonido de wh (véase el

pdrrafo 16)

when, while, why, what, where


A. Arréglense las palabras siguientes en orden inglés, poniendo

los adjetivos delante del substantivo (véase Regla VI I

1 . beggars these blind . 2 . second the man old. 3. next blindthe man . 4 . old Jumbo big . 5 . poor circus old elephant .

B . J ustifiquese la forma del gerundio (véase Regla VI I I

to catch, catching; to hear, hearing; to pass, passing; to live ,living;to sit

,sitting;to tremble, trembling;to happen,

happening

C . Férmese el gerundio de los infinitivos siguientes :

to go, to eat, to chase,to gather, to grab , to break , to stand,

to reach,to laugh, to quarrel

D . Tradzizcase al espafiol (véase Regla IX

1 . An elephant passed through 1 . An elephant was passing

the gate . through the gate .

2 . The earth trembled. 2 . The earth was trembling .

3. The blind men touched the 3. The blind men were touching

elephant . the elephant .

4 . The owner laughed . 4 . The owner was laughing .

E . Substitz’

tyase la palabra inglesa por la espafiola:

1 : G olden Locks comté the soup. 1 . Golden Locks comia the soup.

2 . The'

first blind man examiné 2 . The first blindman examinaba

the elephant . the elephant .

3. The maiden ordefié the cow. 3. Themaiden ordefiaba the cow.

4 . The fire quemé the stick . 4 . The fire quemaba the stick .

5 . The blind men 36 rifieron . 5 . The blind men 36 refiian .


28. E1Adjetivo, pagina 39; 41 . E1 gerundio, pagina 56; 51 . E1 con

tinuativo pasado, pagina 60; 54. Usos del continuativo pasado, pé

gina 61 . 158. Obs ervacio’

n, pagina 236.


F. Empléese cada uno de los modismos siguientes eu una oracién

1 . to pass by. 2 . to come near (to) . 3. to feel of. 4 . to feel

around . 5 . to reach out . 6. to take hold of 7 . to lead away.

BELLING THE CAT

(Sdiano de una casa vieja; unos m tones,sentados formando

circulo, discuten el problema de librarse del terrible gato. Es

medianoche. )

THE CAS T

Uncle Hoary Locks

Mr. Long Tail

Mrs . Speck lesUncle ShaggyWhiskersM iss M erry/Eyes

Young Small Teeth

UNCLE HOARY LOCKS . Dear friends , Long Tail has

something of great importance to tell us to- night . Please

be very attentive to what he has to say .

LONG TAIL . M r. Chairman and friends , the moment

has come When we must make up our m inds to do something .

The_cat

,our ancient enemy,

not satisfied with killing our

chi ldren,now threatens to destroy our entire commun ity .

We shall

MRS . SPECKLES (interrumpiéndole) . I lost my onlydaughter last night . I hope that

UNCLE SHAGGY WH ISKER S (interrumpzendole) . This

mornin g, I sent my only son to get a piece of cheese for mysickmother. The poor boy did not come back . The cat

M ERRY EYES (llorando) . My father was brutally mur

dered yesterday. I have no one to love me now!Whatshall I do?

PERSONAJES

El Tio Canas

El senor Rabilargo

La senora Manchitas

El Tio Barbén

La sefiorita Ojos pillosEl joven Dientes chicos


LONG TAIL . It is horrible!Practically every one of us

has lost some dear one . Something must be done!Whatshall we do?

UNCLE HOARY LOCKS . Ever since I can remember,

this danger has been hanging over us . Formerly,when we

were fewer in number and when food was more abundant ,we did not run such a risk; but now we have to expose our

selves in order to secure food . We have talked enough about

this matter. The time to act has come . Can any one sug

gest something to help us in this time of need?

LONG TAIL . I have thought and thought and thought

until my head and my back ache from thinking , but I do

not know what to do . There are present among us to- night

some of the younger set, who have never before attended our

meetings . Perhaps one of them could suggest something .

SMALL TEETH (riéndose) . Why,it is the easiest thing in

the world!Bell the cat!When he goes hunting , the bellwill tinkle, and we shall have a chance to run away .

M RS . SPECKLE S (llorcmdo amargamente) .

— Why didwe notthink of that before my daughter was taken away from me?

M ERRY EYES (mirando a l hermoso Dientes chicos) . Whata splendid idea!(Aparte) Isn ’

t he handsome?

LONG TAIL . Small Teeth, your idea is wonderful!

UNCLE SHAGGY WH ISKERS .

— Really,it is a marvelous

plan . We can bell the cat,and

.

our troubles will be over .

ALL (aplaudfiendo y bailando) . Hurrah!Hurrah!

UNCLE HOARY LOCKS . Indeed,belling the cat will

solve our problem,but who will put the bell around the cat

’s

neck? (Cesa la algarab’ia; silencio sepulcral)

LONG TAIL . I should like to do it , but I have a large

family dependent upon me,and I do not know what would

become of them if I lost my life .

M RS . SPECKLES . I’d do it if I could run fast enough ,

but since my last illness I can scarcely walk .


MERRY EYES . I would certainly do it if it were proper

for a young and unattached lady to undertake What justlybelongs to you gallant gentlemen .

UNCLE HOARY LOCKS . Rightly considered,neither the

ladies nor the older men should be called upon to carry out

this plan . It seem s to me that Small Teeth is the one to do

it,since it was he who suggested the plan . Where is Small

Teeth ? (Buscdndole por todas partes) The young rascal

has sneaked out!LONG TAI L . Just as I expected . Young men are always

ready to give advice,but they are never willing to do things

themselves . My son often tells me

M ERRY EYES . The cat! The cat! (Todos huyen

despavom’

dos)


A. Prondncien‘

se Zas'

palabras siguientes prestando especial uten

cwn al son ido de las consonantesfinales (véase el pdrrafo

cheese,house

,horn

,will

,her

,then

,over

,stile

,fire

,burn

,ox

,

home,ran

,bears

, girl, chair, beggars , shall, come, poor, done

went, pig, old, would, not , bite, said, to

- n ight, beat , drink ,lived

,

just,right, but , tasted, looked, soup,

blind,lik e

,risk

,lost

B . Obsérvese cémo se dividen las palabras siguientes eu silabas,

y pronunciense tem'

endo en cuenta las divisiones (véase al pcim'

afo

pres’ent

,su—preme

’

,

'

a- mong’

,en

’—e-my,bru

’tal—ly,

ad’e—quate,

so- lu’

tion,fath’er

,mar

’vel—ous

,sat

’isfied

,hunt'ing, threat

’ens

C .

— Dividanse estas palabras en silabas, y prom

’

mciense (véase

el pdrrafo

fewer,hanging, believe, ready,

afraid,society,

secure,looking,

neither,elephant, return ,

shaven,butcher

,unattached


D . Prom’

tnciense los participios pasivos siguientes (véase el

pdrrafo

talked,

attended, sneaked, examined, quarreled, belled

,

presented


A. Tradztzcanse d l espafiol las siguientes oraciones cuyo verbo

esté en pretérito perfecto (véase Regla X

1 . The time to act has come . 2 . Every one of us has lost some

dear one . 3. We have talked enough about the matter. 4 . I

have thought and thought and thought . 5 . They have never

before attended our meetings . 6. The young rascal has sneaked

out . 7 . I have heard the story of the three bears .

B .

— Hdgase una lista de los participios pasivos usados en el

ejercicio A, y después de consu ltar el vocabulario dénse el infinitivo

y al pretérito de cada uno (véase Regla XI ) :

C . Cdmbiese el infinitivo en tiempo pretérito perfecto (véaseRegla XI

1 . I to see many blind men . 2 . We to examine the elephant .

3. The first blind man to touch the elephant’s side . 4 . The blind

men to quarrel. 5 . He to send his only son to get a piece of cheese .

6. The poor boy not to come back . 7 . We to mm a great risk .

8 . Who to bell the cat ? 9 . Small T eeth to present a good plan .

10 . My son to tell me.

D . Contéstese segdn el sentido (véase Regla X

1 . What moment has come ? 2 . Has the cat threatened to destroy the entire community 3. Who has lost her only daughter ?

4 . Has every one lost some dear one ? 5 . Has the danger been


24. E1 pretérito perfecto, pagina 35; 26. Formacién de los participios

pas ivos , pagina 25; 27. La interrogacién y la negacién en el pretérito

perfecto, pagina 36.


hanging over them for a long time ? 6. Have they talked about

this matter before ? 7 . Who has thought about this matter until

his head aches ? 8 . Has Small Teeth ever attended the meetings

before ? 9 . Has any one ever thought of belling the cat ?

E. Substimyanse las palabras inglesas por las espafiolas (véase

Regla XI I

1 . Belling the cat resolvent our problems . 2 . What haremos ?3. My son nome ayudaré 4 . The blindmen no 12616 71 the elephant .

5 . Se sentara’

. Golden Looks in the big chair ? 6. I pondré el

cascabel the cat . 7 . I quisiera to do it.

KING ALFRED AND THE CAKES

A long time ago there lived in England a brave king called

Alfred the G reat . He was called great because he had done

somuch for his country.

Once in a fie'

r

/ce battle with the Danes, the English army

was defeated and put to flight . Every man had to look

out for himself . The soldiers scattered and ran in all direc

tions, and King Alfred him self had to . flee to save his life.

He was going through the thick woods, blowing his horn to

gather his men together, when he came to a woodcutter’s

house. Tired, hungry,and disappointed, he decided to

knock and ask for something to eat .

Inside the little hut, the woodcutter’s wife was baking

some cakes on the hearth in front of a bright fire . She had

no idea that her guest was Alfred, her king , but she feltsorry for the poor man and prom ised to give him some

supper if he would watch the cakes while she milked thecow.

King Alfred promised to watch the cakes to prevent their

burning; but when the woman left the house , he soon forgotabout the cakes baking on the hearth . He was worried over

his defeat and just sat bent over the warm fire,his head


buried in his hands . He was trying to figure out how he

could get his men together, drive out the Danes , and save

his beloved country . He sat there,unmindful of the burning

cakes, until the woman returned .

On returning with her pail full of milk , the woodcutter’

s

wife found'

her cakes burned to a crisp and her guest ap

parently asleep . She fairly yelled at him,so angry was she,

You lazyman;look What you have done!You want some

KING ALFRED ALLows THE CAKES TO BURN

thing to eat,but you are not willing even to watch a few

cakes on the fire!They are completely ruined, and you will

get no supper 1”

The king was Very sorry for what he had done. He real

ized that he was to blame and he took the scolding from the

woman . He did not want to hurt her feelings by telling her

that she had scolded her king .

The good woman was very kind- hearted, and when she

saw how sorry the poor man was , she gave him a big glass offresh milk from her pail .


elephant’s side . 4 . The last blind man grabs the elephant by the

tail. 5 . King Alfred watches the cakes . 6. The cakes burn .

7 . The good woman gives Alfred some milk .

D . Hciganse preguntas que puedan ser contestadas por las

siguientes oraciones en el tiempo pretérito (véase Regla I

1 . King Alfred went through the woods . 2 . He came upon a

woodcutter’s house . 3. The king watched the cakes ? 4 . The

good woman milked the cow. 5 . The king sat bent '

over the fire .

6. The woman returned . 7 . The cakes burned up. 8 . He took

the scolding .

THE SPANISH EXPLORERS

The brave Span ish explorers were the first to see and make

known to the world the glorious land of the two Americas .

Ponce de Leon and Hernando

de Soto,two restless sons of

Spain , paved the way for the

colonization and settlement of

the territory which is now the

United States ofAmerica .

An interesting story is told of

Ponce de Leon and his search

forthe fabledFountain ofYouth .

Ponce de Leon was governor

of Porto Rico, an island lyingto the southeast of the present

state of Florida, which was then

PONCE DE LEON an unexplored wilderness . The

grizzled old veteran felt the

sway of approaching age, but he did not want to die

when there were so many new lands to'

be conquered for

his king and for his G od . The Indians of Porto Rico had

told him of a wonderful spring lying somewhere to the north ,


in which an old man m ight bathe and become young and

strong again . This story of the marvelous spring had fired

the imagination of Ponce de Leon . Early in the year 1512

he set out to search for it,sailing northwest With three ships

and a band of faithful soldiers . After a weary journey,he

sighted, on Easter Sunday, a land of sunshine and flowers ,

DE Soro’s DISCOVERY OF THE M ISSISSIPPI

which he named Florida . The trees were filled with bright

plumed birds that sang enchanting songs to cheer the heartsof the old man and his followers . Ponce de Leon foundmany springs , in all of which he eagerly bathed; but his

youth was not restored to him .

The other celebrated explorer,Hernando de Soto

,wished

to see the wonderful country that Ponce de Leon had discovered . De Soto knew the hardships of exploration

,but

he was a brave and courageous man . He set out from San


lucar With many ships and a thousand men, landing first in

Cuba, where he left his beautiful young wife, whom he was

never to see again . When he finally reached Florida,he

and his followers were met by hostile Indians determinedto repel the white strangers . These Indians used poisoned

arrows with which they killed many of De Soto’

s men , but

the brave leader conquered them and contin ued his march .

At last,after traveling more than a thousand miles , the

Spaniards came upon the shores of the great M ississippi

River,called by the Indians the

"‘

Father ofWaters .

”

The

river was very Wide at this point,and boats had to be built

before it could be crossed . After the explorers had crossed the

river,newmisfortunes overtook the band . De Soto fell sick

with a dreadful fever and died after many days of lin geringillness . What were the poor soldiers to do? The Indians

would surely kill them if they found out that the great white

chief was dead . The Span iards decided to bury their chief

secretly in the great river he had discovered . One dark

night, they tenderly took up the corpse of their beloved

leader, put it into a boat

,and at midnight carried it out in

the river. There,in the darkness

,they sorrowfully dropped

the body of De Soto into the deep waters .


A.

— Indiquese por medio de signos ortogrdficos el son ido dc i

(véase el pdrmfo

fire,stile

,will

,big, time

,his

,since

,lived

,king, Visit , fountain ,

wife,midnight, lies, died, America

,Indian

,Florida , M ississippi

“

B . Indiquese poa" medio de signos oo

‘

togrdficos cl sonido dc g

(véase el pdrmfo

great, king , age, hungry, gave, large, suggest , big, ago, long, dog,leg, go, give, danger, region ,

beg, begging , suggest , courageous , get,

G olden Locks


C . En las palabras siguientes , indiquese cudl de las letras

dobles, aun estando en silabas distintas,es enteramente muda (véase

cl pcirrafo

dinner, killing, running , beggar, sitting, flopping, suggest,

attend, really, hurrah, happen ,belling, gallant, supper, quarrel,

worried, merry, brutally,disarranged, disappointed, woodcutter,

immediatelyEJERCICIOS DE GRAMATICA 1

A. I dentif'iquese la forma del adjetivo, como positivo, comparativo

o superlativo (véaseReglaXI V)braver, most glorious, more beautiful

, youngest , whiter, bigger,big, biggest, wonderful, beloved, darker, greatest

B. Llénense los espacios con la former. correspondiente del adje

tivo delmargen (véase Regla. XV) :

1 . Colorado is as as New Mexico,but not so

California .

2 . Virgi nia is than Tennessee,but not so

LARGE Washington .

3. G olden Locks is the girl of all .

4 . Jack ’s house was very it was . than that of

the three bears .

5 . Was M erry Eyes as as M rs . Speckles ? Yes,

she was than M rs . Speckles; she was the

of all; but she was not so as GoldenLocks .

6. Small Teeth’s plan was the of all.

7 . No one had a plan than his .

8 . One plan was as as another.

BEAUTIFUL

C . Contéstese:

1 . What explorers were the first to see the land of the two

M ericas ? 2 . Which two paved the way for colonization ? 3. Oi

what island was Ponce de Leon governor ? 4 . Why did the

1 Repas ese el parrafo siguiente del Primer Curso de I nglés :

78. .Adjetivos , positives , comparativos y superlativos , pagina 9 1 .


Indians tell him of the wonderful spring in the lands to the north ?5 . Why did 3he set out in search of the Fountain of Youth ?

6. When did he sight land ? 7 . What did he find there ? 8 . Were

there any springs ? 9 . Did he bathe in them . 10 . Did he find

the Fountain of Youth ? 1 1 . Why did De Soto explore this new

land ? 12 . Where did he first land ? 13. Did his wife accompany

him ? 14 . What river did he discover ? 15 . How did De Soto

and his men cross the M ississippi R iver ? 16. What did his men

do When their leader died ? 17 . Why did they bury him secretly

at midnight ?

SIR WALTER RALEIGH

A long time ago , when North America was being settled ,there lived in London a young man by the name of Walter

Ra le igh . W a l t er

was not rich,but

he was good- lookingand well - bred . The

pride of his scanty

wa rd rob e wa s a

beautiful red velvet

cloak . In those days

men did not wear

overcoats as they do

now, but short cloaks

like those worn by

s o ld i ers . Ra leigh

was so proud of his

beautiful cloak that

he used to walk the

streets of London

SIR WALTER RALEIGH with it draped around

his shoulders . He

made a fine show as he walked proudly along the Strand .

One day the young and beautiful queen Elizabeth was


also out for a walk . As the streets were very muddy from

the recent rains,the queen was stepping carefully along ,

trying to pick out the dry spots . Suddenly she came to a

puddle of water right in her path . She was puzzled,not

knowing how she could get across . The gallant Walter

Raleigh , seeing the queen ’s predicament

,rushed to her

rescue . Nothing should annoy a beautiful queen,so he

bowed low,took off his cloak

, and spread it over themuddyp l a ce ; th en h e

stepped back re

spectfully,again

bowed low,

and

wa i t e d fo r th e

queen to walk over .

Thequeen gathered

her skirts in one

hand,and smiling

gratefully at the

gallant young man,

tripped across the

puddle over the red

velvet cloak .

Elizabeth was so

pleased with the

young man thatshe invited him to

come to see her at

the palace on the

following day . Oi course, young Raleigh went . He became

a great friend of the queen ,who rewarded his gallant act by

making him a k night . Thereafter he was known as Sir

Walter Raleigh .

It was during the reign of Queen Elizabeth that the English people began to settle in America . Sir Walter Raleigh

QUE EN ELIZABETH OF ENGLAND


was sent byHerMajesty to Virginia to establish a permanent

colony there, but the gallant young knight did not like thehardships of the New World . He missed the gay court life

of London and the wonderful shows of that city. He soon

returned to England, carrying with him many of the strange

products of the NewWorld, such as the potato and tobacco .

At that time,tobacco was unk nown in England . There

was lots’

of smoking in England, but the smoke came from

the great fireplaces piled high with wood . No one thought

of making a chimney of his mouth and nose . Sir Walter

Raleigh had learned from the Indians to smoke a pipe, and

on the long winter evenings , he used to sit in a comfortable

chair after supper and smoke his pipe . He liked to watchthe smoke go curling up toward the high ceiling . One cold

Winter evening , he was sitting in front of the fire en joyinghis pipe;his head and shoulders were completely enveloped

in a dense cloud of tobacco smoke; the maid came into the

room to put some wood on the fire. She had never seen him

smoking; and on seeing the smoke about her master’

s

head,she thought he was on fire and became very frightened .

She rushed out of the room, grabbed a large pail of water,

and returning , dashed the contents over Sir Walter’s head,putting out his pipe and wetting him from head to foot .


A. Prominciense las palabras siguientes que contienen combi

naciones de vocales y digase cudles son verdademmente diptongos;

rdyense las vocales mudas (véase cl pdrmfo

cheese,house

,built, caught, cow

,reached

,would

,beat

,maid,

priest, chair, soup, eating, bear, day,hoary, piece, enough, young,

around,should, sneaked, out

, great, through, woodcutter, proud,beautiful

,cloak

,took

,reign ,

Raleigh


D . Contéstese:

1 . Who lived in London a long time ago ? 2 . What was hisspecial pride ? 3. Whom did he meet one day ? 4 . Why wasthe queen stepping so carefully ? 5 . Why did she stop ? 6. Whatdid young Walter do ? 7 . What did the queen do ? 8 . How did

she reward the young man for his gallant act ? 9 . Where did the

queen send Sir Walter Raleigh ? 10. Why did he not stay there ?1 1 . What did he carry back to England with him ? 12 . Whendid Sir Walter like to smoke his pipe ? 13. Why did he like it ?14 . Why did the maid come into the room ? 15 . Why did she

think her master was on fire 16. What did she do ?

CAPTAIN JOHN SMITH AND POCAHONTAS

One of the most widely- known English explorers and

colonists was Captain John Smith . In the early days inVirginia, where the

English colonists had

first settled in America,there was much work

to be done . Trees hadto be cut down and log

cabins built; the landhad to be cleared and

the crops planted in

order to raise corn and

potatoes for food . John

Sm ith , a brave and

enterprising man, was

made captain of the

colony . Many of the

colonists were men of

gentle birth , who had never before done any manual labor.

In those days gentlemen could not do manual work without

serious loss of rank . Captain John Smith told these “

gentle

CAPTAIN JOHN SM ITH


men that they did not have to work; but he made a rule

that every man who did not work should not eat . Very soon

even the“

gentlemen” decided it was better to work than

to starve .

The colony was completely surrounded by hostile Indians ,who feared that the white settlers would take all their lands .

Captain John Sm ith often risked his life to go and trade With

the Indians , bringing back corn for his people . One day,

while on one of these tradingexpeditions, he met a large band

of unfriendly Indians, who im

mediately captured him and took

him before their chief . The

warriors sat in a circle around a

camp fire while their captive laybound hand and foot on the

ground . TheV ’

Indians argued

that the prisoner should be put

to death,and their chief was

finally convinced . Sm ith’s head

was placed upon a large stone,

and a big Indian warrior stood

over him with raised tomahawk

ready to kill him . Suddenly an unheard - of thing happened!A beautiful young Indian maiden burst into the midst of thecircle, threw her arms around Captain Smith

,and begged

that he be spared . The girl was Pocahontas , the chief’s

daughter. Moved by her pleadings, the old man decided tospare the white man

’s life. He was unbound and treated as

a distinguished guest . The next morning he was escorted

to the colony with presents of corn and game .

Captain John Smith and this tribe of Indians became close

friends . He was adopted by the tribe,and became the

foster- father of Pocahontas . On the Captain’s return to

POCAHONTAS


England, he took the young Indian girl with him as hi s

guest . She was well received in London on account of her

beauty and'

charm . Many young Englishmen sought herhand in marriage , and a young man by the name of John

Rolfe was the fortunate one to win her love . After their

marriage, the young couple lived in England . Although sheloved her husband dearly, the young Indian girl was never

able to forget the beautiful hills and forests of her beloved

Virginia . She grew tired of city life‘

and died of a brokenheart . After her death , her husband and his infant son went

to Virginia to live amid the scenes of Pocahontas ’

childhood .

Many Virgin ians of to- daylove to boast that the royal bloodof Pocahontas flows in their veins .


A. Indiqucse por medio de signos ortogrdficos cl sonido de la e

(véase el pdrrafo 13)

he,she

,me

,cheese

, priest, eat, beat, chief, ear, went, leg, bell,them ,

the,ever, lead, get, scenes, forget, forest, queen

B . Pronunciense las palabras siguientes prestcmdo especial

atencwn al sonido de las vocales finales inacentuadas (véase el

pdrmfo

to- night’

,mo

’ment

,el

’e-

phant, an’i-mal

, a—way'

,i- de

’a,may

'be

,

be—hind’, a-

go'

,he

’ro, to

- bac’co

,col

’o- ny, Jum

’bo, Por

’to

,Ric

’

o,

Flor’i- da,A—mer

’i—ca, Vir

-

gin’i- a, Pris

- cil’la , Col—o—ra

’do


A.

— J ustifiquese la colocacién del adverbio en las siguientes

oraciones (véase Regla XVI I

1 Repasense los parrafos siguientes del Primer Curso de I nglés :

45. Posicic‘

mdel adverbio eu el continuativo, pagina 51; 60. Pronom

bres personales , pagina 67;61 . E1 género de los pronombres , pag ina 68;

83. La posicién del adverbio, pagina 100; 84. E1 adverbio never,

pagina 100 .

ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER 49.

1 . Ponce de Leon went eagerly from spring to spring . 2 . He

never found the Fountain of Youth . 3. De Soto left his wife,

whom he was never to see again . 4 . Theyfinally landed in Florida .

5 . The Indians would surely kill them . 6. They decided to burytheir chief secretly. 7 . They tenderly took up the corpse of theirbeloved leader. 8 . Sir Walter Raleigh made a fine show walk ingproudly along the Strand . 9 . Suddenly, the queen came to a

puddle of water. 10 . He bowed low; then he stepped respectfullyback . 1 1 . Thereafter, he was known as Sir Walter Raleigh

B.

— Coléquese el adverbio del margen eh su lugar adecuado

(véase Regla XVI I

NOT 1 . I am tired; I have been tired; and I shall betired.

ALWAYS 2 . Walter was smoking his pipe .

3. Have you seen an Indian ?

4 . No,I have seen an Indian .

John Smith was one of the most known Englishexplorers .

6. The gentlemen decided to work .

7 . The Indians captured John Smith.

8 . We shall finish this work .

9 . Pocahontas had one foster- father.

10. The woodcutter’s wife was angry .

D . Substitt’

tyase cl pronombre personal que convenga, por las

palabras eh bastardilla (véase Regla XVI 1I

1 . This is the house that Jack built; J ack built the house in thewoods . 2 . The old woman bought a pig; the pig would not go

over the stile; the old woman then raised her stick . 3. The threebears lived in the woods; the three bears had a pretty little house;the little house was white. 4 . The blind men examined the ele

phant; the blind men could not see. 5 . The elephant was not lik ea spear; the elephantwas just like a wall . 6. Where is my father ?Do you see myfather ? 7 . The dog is old

' I am afraid of the dog.

8 . Captain John Smith was Pocahontas friend; Captain J ohn


Smith took Pocahontas to England; Pocahontas married JohnRolfe;Pocahontas and J ohn Rolfe lived in England; I never knewPocahontas and J ohn Rolfe.

E. Escrtbase al dictado cl ejercicio A.

THE PILGRIMS

Captain John Sm ith wrote an account of the New World

which was eagerly read by a sect of English people called

the Puritans . These people did not accept the official reli

DEPARTURE OF THE PILGRIMS FROM HOLLAND

gion of England; they had their own Views on how G od

should be worshiped . Many of the Puritans had emigrated

to Holland because the Dutch were tolerant in religious

matters , but they were not satisfied to stay in Hollandwhere their children were in danger of losing their national


language and their English manners and customs . After

reading Smith’

s account ofAmerica,the Puritans decided to

emigrate and establish a colony in the NewWorld where theycould remain English and worship G od as they chose .

The whole band of Puritans set out from Holland, going

first to England, where they purchased a little ship called

the M ayflower. Others, who had remained in England, joined

the band; and late in the summer of 1620,they sailed out

of the harbor ofPlymouth,bound for theNewWorld . There

were husbands and wives , boys and girls , and even little

babies in the expedition . The sturdy Puritans had become

Pilgrims,journeying to a remote land in search of religious

freedom . They had no thought ofever returning to England .

Whatever might be their lot in far- away America,there they

expected to remain and make their homes .

After a voyage-

ofmany weeks, the little band of pioneers

landed upon th'

e’

b leak shores of Cape Cod, not far from the

present site of Boston . As they stepped from the little

ship on what is now known as Plym outh Rock,they knelt

and solemnly gave thanks to G od for their safe arrival . The

following day being Monday,the men and the women went

ashore : the former to find suitable places for building their

log cabins; the latter, to wash the clothes . Monday has

been ever since the national wash- day ofAm erica .

Crude houses were soon built , and food and fuel stored

for the winter. The men who had fam ilies were happy and

contented; but among the bachelors there was a certain

Captain Miles Standish , who was lonesome and unhappybecause he had no wife . The Captain had fallen in love

with Priscilla Mullens , a beautiful maiden . Cannons , bul

lets , or Indian arrows could not intim idate the brave old

warrior;but he dared not' face the sparkling eyes of a pretty

woman . In despair, he thought of his devoted friend, youngJohn Alden

,who m ight intercede for him with Priscilla .


Upon hearing of the old Captain ’s love for the young girl ,

John agreed to go and tell Priscilla how dear she had become

to the heart of his friend, the Captain , and to ask her to be

Mrs . Miles Standish .

Poor simple—minded Captain Standish!John Alden was

a young and handsome bachelor. He spoke to Priscilla so

THE FIRST THANKSGIVING

eloquently of love, in behalf of his friend , that the young

girl coyly but bravely said, Why don’

t you speak for your

self , John ?” What could a gallant bachelor do? John did

speak for himself, Priscilla was persuaded, they married,and lived happily ever afterwards .

Following awinterofmany hardships for the poor Pilgrims,

spring brought new h0pe and life to the discouraged band .

More land was cleared, and cr0ps were planted . Everybody


ently,velvet, invited, captive, convinced

,wives

,voyage, arrival

,

harvest, Virginia, Thanksgiving

D . Indtquese per medio de signos ortégmficos el sonido de la 0

(véase cl pdrrafo

gold, not, on ,code

,rock , spoke, home

,boast

, holiday, colonist,whole, short, God, John ,

Rolfe,Florida

,November

EJERCICIOS DE GRAMATICA l

A. Obsérvese la forma de la voz pasiva y tradnzcase (véase

Regla XIX

1 . Smith’s head was placed upon a large stone . 2 . He was

bound hand and foot . 3. He was adopted by the tribe. 4 . Poca

hontas was well received in England. 5 . The M ayflower was

purchased in England . 6. The clothes were washed on Monday.

7 . They were hung out to dry . 8 . M onday has always been con

sidered the wash- day in America .

13.

— Substit12yanse palabras inglesas por las espafiolas (véase

Regla XIX) .

1 . The cow fue’

ordenada by the maid. 2 . The chair fue’

rota

by G olden Locks . 3. The elephant no serd vista by the blind men .

4 . A plan se formé. 5 . The plan fué formado by Small Teeth.

6. The Fountain of Youth nunca se encontrard. 7 . De Soto se

enterré in the M ississippi River. 8 . Cloaks no se usan now.

9 . Pocahontas se llevé to England . 10. Captain John Smith’slife se perdoné and hefueacompafiado to the colony by the Indians .

1 1 . The cloak se extendié over the puddle of water. 12 . Thanks

giving se ha celebrado for many years in the United States .


73. La voz pas-iva,‘

pagina 81; 78 . Adjetivos positivos , comparativos

y superlativos , paginas 91—92; 1 10. Substitutos para el refiexivo

espafiol, pagina 144 .


C . Llénense los espacios con las palabras respectivas del margen

(véase Regla XV)

1 . John was not good King Alfred.

As,So

THAN, OF

2 . The Pilgrim women well the men worked.

3. Captain M iles Standish was not brave

John Alden .

4. John Alden was braver Captain M iles Standish.

5 . Priscilla Mullens was the bravest all three.

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN

Ben jamin Franklin ,the great Am erican patriot

,probably

did more toward making the American nation than any

other man . He was a

great thinker and a tire

less worker. Since he

was both an idealist and

a practical man,

“

he did

much to mold the ideals

and opinions of his time .

Fran k l in t au gh t the

homely virtues of tem

perance, frugality,in

dustry,cleanliness, and

tranquillity. His great

object was to make life

worth living and to induce

people to be happy and

contented . Although heBENJAM IN FRANKLIN

was chiefly interested in political and moral questions , his

scientific turn of mind caused him to experiment with the

forces of nature . He invented many useful household con

trivances, and his discoveries in the field of electricity are


well known . His writings are not only remembered on

account of his wonderful style, but also for their sound and

practical teachings .

Franklin will long be remembered for his contribut ion to

American independence . He was sent to France and was

able to convince the French people of the justness of the

American cause,thus securing both financial and moral

support . He wrote the Treaty of Peace between Am erica

and England, and his sane advice often steered the young

republic clear of disasters .

A very interesting incident is told of Franklin ’

s first visit

to Philadelphia . He was then an ignorant Village boy,

unaccustomed to the ways of the city . Upon hi s arrival on

a fine spring morning, he felt hungry and bought a largeloaf of bread . As he walked leisurely down the streets , en

joying the sights of the city,he took a bite once in awhile

from one end of the long loaf. He made such a funny picture

that people stopped to look at him . As he was passing a

certain house , a young girl came out on the porch . On seeingthe quaintly dressed boy eating bread as he walked along,she could not help laughing . Strange to say, this younglady later became the Wife of that same boy .

The following is the well- known story of the whistle, told

in Franklin ’

s own simple and charming style :“When I was a child seven years .old

,my friends , on a

holiday,filled my pockets with coppers . I went at once to

a shop where they sold toys for children .

Being charmed with the sound of a whistle that I met by

the way in the hands of another boy, I gave all my money

for one .

I then came home and went whistling all over the house,much pleased With my whistle .

My brothers and sisters told me that I had given four

times as much for it as it was worth .


They put me in mind of what good things I might havebought with the rest of the money

They laughed at me so much for my folly that I cried

with vexation . To think of all this gave me more pain than

the whistle gave me pleasure .

This,however, was of use to me later. Often when I was

tempted to buy something I did not need, I said to myself ,‘Don

’

t give too much for the whistle.

’ Thus I saved mymoney .

As I grew up,came into the world, and observed the ao

tions of men,I thought I met with many,

very many, Who

gave too much for their whistles .

”


A. J ustifiqn’

e/se la silaba acentuada en las palabras siguientes

(véase el pcirmfo

shav’en

,mar

'ried

,wa

’ter

,mar

’ket

,hang

'man

,butch'er

, walk’ing,

fright’ened

, gold’en

,wood

’cut- ter

,cel

’e- brat- ed

,Flor’i—da

,beau

’ti

ful,a—cross

’

,dis- hon’

or- able, fru—gal’i—ty, tire

’less, ques

’tion

B. Divzdanse en silabas y subrciyese la stlaba acentuada en las

palabras siguientes (véanse los pdrrafos 10 y

darker,danger, midnight, Indian , governor, handsome

,shoulder

,

reverently, sacrificed, invited, gallantry, unknown ,again , per

manent,faithful, completely, preéminently, ashore

,until

,tran

quillity, opinion

C .

_

Extliquese el modo de escribir el sonido de c, f, I, s (véasecl pdrmfo

calm,back , tobacco, public, looked, chief, well, Potomac, ideal,

bell,all

,sail , girl, rock , kiss, cloak , will, trembles, passes, if, off,

stick,chases



A. Obsérvese la manem de expresar en inglés ciertos refiexivos

espan’

oles; traddzcase al espanol (véase Regla XX

To srr DOWN (sentarse) 1 . G olden Locks sat down in the

little bear’

s chair.

To EAT UP (comerse) 2 . She ate it all up.

To LIE DOWN (acostarse) 3. She lay down in the big bear’s bed.

To FALL ASLEEP (dormirse) 4 . She soon fell asleep.

To WAKE UP (despertarse) 5 . She woke up when she saw the

three bears .

To JUMP UP ( levantarse) 6. She jumped up and ran out of the

room .

Bi Substitnyanse las palabras espanolas per inglesas, empleando

la forma debida del verbo delmargen (véase Regla XX

TO COME NEAR TO 1 . The blind men se acercaron al elephant .

TO SET TO WORK 2 . Everybody se puso a trabajar.

To BECOME 3. JOHN SM ITH se hizo the leader of the

colonists .

TO SET OUT 4 . The Pilgrims se pusieron eh camino for

America .

To STAND OUT 5 . De Soto se destaca as a brave explorer.

TO GO AWAY 6. The Indians ate with the Pilgrims and

se fueron .

7 . The Pilgrims se quedaron in Am erica .

8 . Raleigh se quité his cloak and spread it

on the ground .

C . Empléese cada uno de los siguientes modismos eh una

oracwn

1 . to have to . 2 . in order to . 3. to be put to death . 4 . to

ask her to marry. 5 . in the open . to go and. 7 . to laugh at .

8. to think oi . 9 . to give too much for a whistle . 10 . once in

awhile. 11 . to think oi .

1 Repasese el parrafo siguiente del Primer Curso de I nglés

110. Substitutos para el refl exivo espafiol, pagina 144 .


GEORGE WASHINGTON

G eorge Washington!How the heart of the American

boy or girl thrills when that name is mentioned!G eorgeWashington , the great general , the wise statesman

,the

father of his country,the hero, and the man!

It is easy to imagine his childhood home on a large Vir

ginia plantation . Those old southern plantations were

really small Villages . The

manor house,or the

“big

house ”

as the negro

slaves called it,had a

broad veranda supported

by massive columns . A

fine driveway, bordered

by s t a t e ly trees a n d

flowers,led from the

public road to the house .

Farther back stood the

rows of log cabins,the

homes ofthe negro slaves .

Large barns and stables

occupied the space in

the rear. Fertile fields

of tobacco ,cotton ,

and grain stretched out on all sides as

far as the eye could reach .

Life was peaceful and attractive on a plantation . The

slaves , naturally a happy and contented people, looked on

their master as an indulgent father. Melodious songs and

the twang of the banjo enlivened the long summer evenings,as the negroes danced with childlike abandon .

G eorge must have Spent a happy childhood in that peace

ful environment where guests were made welcome and where

G EORGE WASHINGTON


good cheer abounded . The young man early in life learned

to be polite and courteous, hospitable and generous . His

father impressed upon him the fact that a gentleman never

lies . The following story is told of his early life :

G eorge’

s father had given him a new hatchet, and the

lad was using it in grand style cutting down everything in

his way. His father had a beautiful cherry tree which heprized very much . G eorge saw it

,and wishing to try his

hatchet on a tree,he cut it down . The father was very

angry when he saw it, and wanted to know who had cut it

down . I cut it down with my new hatchet,father ”

said

young G eorge . I cannot tell a lie .

”

The schools in the time of Washington were not so good

or so numerous as they are now. Young G eorge had no

Opportunity to become a scholar;but he learned to survey,

and afterwards did some of this kind ofwork for the govern

ment . He was a strong, healthy youth , and was very fondof outdoor sports . He was an expert horseman and a

wonderful swimmer.

Washington could hardly fail to be a leader. He had been

accustomed to taking the lead since early childhood . His

training made him self- reliant and confident of hi s own

ability . When the Revolutionary War broke out,he soon

became commander- in—chief . Although he had had no

m ilitary training , his unusual qualities of leadership and his

keen desire to see his country free , perm itted him to lead

his small army to Victory and thus shake off the English

yoke .

After the war was over,Washington was unanimously

proclaimed the first president of the United States;and well

was he able to maintain the dignity essential to that othee .

At his death in 1799 , he was declared by Congress as,“first

in war,first in peace

,and first in the hearts of his country

men .

”


1 . De Soto brought -his wife to Cuba and left her there . 2 . The

maid saw the smoke above her master’

s head and dashed waterover him. 3. G eorge

’s father bought a hatchet for his son and

gave it to him. 4 . G eorge saw the cherry tree and cut it down .

5. Frank lin taught himself temperance and industry. 6. The

blind men quarreled among themselves . 7 . The Indians became

friends of the colonists and often gave them corn and game .

B. Tradwzcase d l ingle’

s (véase Regla XXI )

1 . Le (persona ) veo . 2 . Le hablo a 61. 3. Lo escribi esta

mafiana . 4 . Le hablo a ella . 5 . Los puse eu la cama . 6. M e

10 trajeron . 7 . Los ciegos no se ven . 8 . El joven se compré una

capa . 9 . La mujer del lefiador le di6 el hacha . 10 . Ella se la di6.

11 . Jorge derribc'

) el cerezo. 12 . Jorge lo derribé .

C . J ustiftquese la forma. del pronombre relativo, y tradnzcanse

las oraciones al espanol (véase Regla XXI I

1 . Thi s is the house that Jack built. 2 . This is the maid that

milked the cow. 3. This is the old woman who raised her stick .

4 . The bears, who were out taking a walk,soon returned. 5 . The

girl whom her mother loved best was G olden Locks . 6. I know

what the little bear said. 7 . The story of the whistle,which you

have read, was written by Frank lin . 8 . The boy ofwhom the story

was told was Frank lin himself .

D . Llénense los espacios con el pronombre relativo adecuado

(véase Regla XXI I

1 . Washington was the boy could not tell a lie . 2 . The

Puritans of I speak came from England. 3. Ra leigh, cloak

was draped around his shoulders,met the queen on the Strand .

4 . The first beggar felt of the elephant said he was just like a

wall. 5. Do you know the second beggar said ? 6. De Soto

and his men came upon a river was very wide . 7 . They builta boat in to cross the river. 8 . Pocahontas, John Smithtook to England, married there.


ABRAHAM LINCOLN

Abraham Lincoln ’s parents were Kentucky pioneers who

lived far away from the civilized world . As a boy he had to

help his father clear the land,and plant and tend the crops .

His father’s cabin was prim itive,with few of the comforts of

modern life . Lincoln ’

s

mother taught him to

read; but since there

was no school within

mi les , he had to study

at home, borrowing all

the books owned by

his neighbors . There

was not even a lamp

in the cabin . St icks of

wood were piled high

in the Open fireplace,

and he read by the

light of the fire . If he

wished to take notes on

what he was reading ,he had to write on

bark . His pen was a

wild turkey feather,and his ink the juice of

ABRAHAM LINCOLN

wild berries . Young Lincoln’s desire for an education was

not understood by his father, but the young man continued

to read and study when not . at work . After the family had

moved to Illinois, he studied law in this manner and finally

became a lawyer. Due to his ability as a public speaker, he

soon became known throughout the state of Illinois .

Lincoln lived at the time when the question of slavery


was the supreme issue between the North and the South .

His sympathetic insight , coupled with his superior ability,

caused him to take sides against slavery . His Views were

so sound,and his personality so magnetic that he became

the national leader of the Republican Party . People knew

they could trust this rugged man from the wilderness .

When Lincoln was elected President , the South seceded

from the Union and set up a separate government . He did

not make war upon the South until he was forced to do so .

His big heart recoiled from bloodshed . Lincoln knew that

the South was acting in good faith , admitting that the onlyreason slavery was not practiced in the North was becauseit had not been found profitable there .

All through the war period (1861 Lincoln ’s calm

judgment directed affairs . Lesser men were jealous of him .

Never was a man more sorely tried . The whole burden of

the nation rested upon his shoulders . His heart was wrungWith anguish on account of the sufferings he was forced to

inflict upon his brothers of the South in order to insure

future peace and prosperity to his country. At last he was

forced to abolish slavery in order to conquer the rebellious

states .

After the South was conquered,Lincoln tried to make

amends for the suffering of the people . He wastoo great a

man to take advantage of his Victory. He granted amnesty

to all,and tried to pass a law providing that all slave

holders should be paid for the loss of their slaves .

Lincoln’s clear emphatic English style, as well as his kindly

sympathetic heart , may be seen in the following quotation

of a part of his second inaugural address :“With malice toward none; with charity to all with

firmness in the right , as G od gives us to see the right , let

us strive on to finish the work we are in ; to bind up the

nation’s wounds; to care for him who shall have borne the


battle,and for his widow and his orphan to do all which

may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among

ourselves , and with all nations .

”

What a pity that our great hero could not live to carry

out his noble plans!Just When his efforts were crownedwith success , he was assassinated by a cowardly demon

,as

he sat in a theater in Washington : The whole nation,

North and South , mourned his loss . The South sufferedthe consequences of his untimely death

,for no one else

was either able or inclined to do what he surely would havedone during those terrible days of reconstruction .


A. Prom’

tnciense las palabras siguientes prestando especial

atencién al sonido de t, d , k , g , p, b , finales de stlaba (véase cl

pdrrafo 6)

lived,cake

, get, milk, beg, make,first

,band

,died

,back

,spread,

pipe, smoke,ready,

handsome, puddle, settle

,tobacco

,captain ,

capture, hardship, woodcutter, Speckles

B. Pronwnciense las palabras siguientes prestando especial aten

cién al sonido de los combinaciones de consonantes (véase el pci

rrafo 19 )

grab , blind, flopping, tree, cloak ,free, clothes, brought, bread,

brother, thrills, proclaim ,declare

,treated

,whistle

,flower

,blessings,

pleadings, Pilgrims, Alfred, Frank linshe

,shaven ,

stile,still

,state

,story,

spare, space, smoke,sneaked

,

ship, hardships, ashore, Spring , Spread, stressed,school, shrine

,

Speckles, Strand, Smith, Spanish, Standish

C . Pronwnciense las palabras siguientes prestando especial atencién al sonido de la j y de la g seguida de una e o una i (véase cl

just, jumped, juice, justly, judgment, large, huge, legend, imagine,

Village, voyage, gentlemen ,danger, Benjamin , G eorge, Virginia



A. Empléese el articulo indeterminado cuando sea necesario

(véase Regla XXI I I

1 . John’s father was lawyer; he was good lawyer too.

2 . Lincoln’s fatherwas pioneer and very poorman . 3. The

lad often worked ten hours day. 4 . Pocahontas’ parents wereIndians . 5 . Lincoln could not read book day.

6. De Soto was . explorer; in fact both Spaniards wereexplorers . 7 . The elephant is like spear. 8 . The elephantis animal; he is not man . 9 . Walter Raleigh was not

knight When he met Queen Elizabeth but she made him knight .

B Empléese el articulo determinado cuando sea necesario

(véase Regla XXI V) :

1 . Frank lin’

s and Lincoln’

s mastery of English was wonderful. 2 . Franklin taught the Virtues of tranquillity and

industry. 3. The Pilgrims worked on M onday. 4 . girls

and . boys like to play. 5. Sir Walter Raleigh was an

Englishman . 6. Captain M iles Standish lost M iss- Priscilla

Mullens; Mr. John Alden married her . 7 . flowers are

beautiful in winter and in summer. 8 . Spanish language

and English language are two most important languages

world. 9 . Did the Pilgrims emigrate to North America

or to South America 10 . Did they emigrate last century?

C . Escrtbase al dictado elpdrrafode esta lecczon citado deLincoln .

1 Repasense los parrafos siguientes del Primer Curso de I nglés :

133. Usos del articulo indeterminado, pagina 180; 135. 0misi6n

del articulo determinado, pagina 186.

PART TWO

THE TWO AMERICAS

The western hemisphere, the land of the two Americas,is the home of two different racial stocks : the English and

the Hispanic.

In all this vast territory,reaching from the Arctic Ocean

on the north to the Antarctic on the south,two principal

languages are spoken . English is the language of the people

who live north of the Rio G rande,and Spanish that of the

people who live“

. south of this river,except the Brazilians

,

who speak Portuguese .

As might be expected, different customs and ideals have

developed on opposite sides of the Rio G rande. The racial

heritage of each group was different . English- speakingAmerica got its ideals and its philosophy chiefly from the

Anglo- Saxon race, while Spanish- speaking America inherited

Hispanic standards and values .

In . ancient times these two racial stocks lived far apart

and had little Opportunity of com ing in contact with each

other,but for the last three centurles they have lived side

by side. Strange as it may seem , the two Americas , livingon the opposite shores of a shallow river, only recently have

begun to get acquainted with each other. Each Americahas had more contact with Europe than with its nearest

neighbor. Ignorant of each other‘s language, serious mis

understandings concerning mutual problems have oftenresulted between the two Americas . This barrier of lan

guage has made it impossible for either group to know what67


was going on in the territory of the other. Knowing practi

cally nothing of each other’s historical background and

traditions , it has been an easymatter for each to be unsympa

thetic and even hostile to the other’s aims and purposes .

Due to some grave mistakes in the past on the part of

the United States, Spanish—America has become suspiciousof the attitude of its northern neighbor . Misled by exag

gerated reports of a few unfortunate revolutions in the south

ern republics , some people in the Un ited States doubt the

capacity of their southern neighbors to govern themselves .

In spite ofmutual misunderstandings and lack of co6pera

tion,each America has made great progress . At no time

in the world’s history have there been such a development of

natural resources, such astonishlng i ncrease in population,

such rapid strides of progress as have been witnessed in the

western hem isphere during the last one hundred and fifty

years . Judging from this unprecedented progress, as well as

from the unrivaled opportunities ‘

for further growth and ex

pansion ,the western hem isphere bids fair to exert an even

greater in fluence in the twentieth century than it has in thepast . It is quite probable that the historian of the future

will be concerned largely with the affairs of this western

half of the world .

The history of the past has shown clearly that j ealousies,rivalries, and wars are fatal to progress . In order to insure

a glorious future, the tw’o Americas must work hand in hand .

Each has now reached a point of development that makes

cooperation imperative . The interest of one is the interest

of the other. Neither can longer disregard the other. In

their expansion and growth the two have met , and must now

deal with each other,either as brothers or as enemies . The

time has come for the youth of both groups to shake off this

attitude of suspicion and m istrust, and work together.

Some of the traditions, legends, and history of the Eng


TERRITORIAL EXPANSION OF THE UNITED

STATES

A bird’s - eye View of the Un ited States shows the greatRocky Mountain system composed of parallel ranges stretch

ing along the western coast from Canada to Mexico . Alongthe eastern part, several miles back from the sea

, extends

a lower range known as the Appalachian Mountains . Be

tween these two mountain systems lies the great central

basin, which is drained by the Mississippi River. For

hundreds ofmiles on each side of this river, from Canada to

the Gulf of Mexico,lie vast rolling prairies and rich grassy

plains . This favored region , once the domain of savage

Indians and wild animals, is now the home of a happy, pros

perous people.

When the American colonies secured their independencefrom the mother country in 1783, they occupied only a nar

row strip of land extending along the Atlantic Ocean from

the northern boundary of Maine to the southern boundaryof G eorgia. This territory reached to the Mississippi

River on the west, but that part lying north of the Ohio

River was in dispute . Soon thereafter thi s disputed north

central region was settled by American colonists and became

a part of the young republic.

The Louisiana territory,including that part of the great

central basin lying west of the Mississippi River, was pur

chased from France in 1803. This new acquisition doubledthe existing territory and made room for thousands of new

colonists who came flocking to this new land from variousEuropean countries .

- In 1819 Spain sold Florida to the United States .

In 1845 Texas , which had been an independent republicfor about ten years , was admitted into the union on the


ground that it was now the home ofEnglish- speaking people

who had settled there from the American colonies . War was

declared by Mexico,at the close of which Mexico was

forced to sell to the United States , for fifteen millions of

dollars, all her territory west of Texas to the Pacific Ocean .

The territory north of Californ ia was claimed both byG reat Britain and by the United States . In 1846 a treaty

was made, which fixed the forty- ninth parallel of latitude

as the boundary between the two countries .

Alaska was purchased from Russia in 1867,and the Phil

ippine Islands and Porto Rico were ceded by Spain in 1898 .

The Hawaiian Republic was annexed in 1898 .

In 1903 Panama declared its independence from Colombia

and ceded to the United States a strip of land ten m iles wide

on which to bu ild a canal across the Isthmus of Panama .

The Virgin Islands were bought from Denm ark in 1917 .

A few small’

islands in the Pacific Ocean complete the

territory of the United States .

It is believed by the more substantial American people

that further territorial expansion would be unwise. As a

matter of fact,the wisdom of the more recent territorial

acquisitions has been gravely questioned by many. Even

tually the jurisdiction of the Un ited States over the Phi l

ippine Islands will be relinquished .

CUESTIONARIO

1 . Where are the Rocky Mountains ? 2 . What is the name of

the range extending along the eastern coast ? 3. Which is thehigher

'

oi the two mountain systems ? 4 . Where is the great

central basin ? 5 . What river drains it ? 6. By what country

is the United States bounded on the north ? On the south ?7 . When did the colonies secure their independence from Great

Britain ? 8 . What was the extent of the original territory ?

9. Did that part of the great central basin lying north of the Ohio


R iver form a part of it 10. What was the extent of the Louisianaterritory ? 1 1 . From whom was Florida obtained ? 12 . How did

the United States acquire Texas ? 13. How was the boundary

between the United States and Canada decided ? 14 . When and

from whom was Alaska purchased ? 15 . How were the PhilippineIslands and Porto Rico acquired ? 16. Where are the Hawaiian

Islands located ? 17 . How was the title to the Canal Zone ob

tained 18 . What is the latest territorial acquisition to the UnitedStates ? 19 . What is the belief of the more substantial American

people regarding further territorial expansion ? 20 . What is theattitude toward the liberation of the Philippine Islands ?

THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES

The government of the United States is of the federal

type , which means that the various states composing the

Union have surrendered their rights of sovereignty and have

covenanted with one another to form a strong central govern

ment . The Constitution of the Un ited States specifies the

powers and the duties of the Federal G overnment . The

three branches of the Federal G overnment are the executive,the legislative , and the judicial . Each branch is whollyindependent of the other two .

Before setting forth the functions of each of the three

branches of the Federal G overnment,it might be well to

say something about the two political parties that compete

with each other for supremacy . These parties are known as

the Democratic party and the Republican party,each of

which tries to elect its candidates for the various offices from

the presidency down to the most insignificant local ofii ce .

It is hard to say just what each party stands for,because

their detailed policies change from year to year . The Re

publican party has always favored a high protective tariff ,and the Democratic party has just as consistently Opposed


such a tariff . In the days of Lincoln ,the Republican party

opposed the extension of slavery into the new states then

being admitted into the Union . The Civil War strengthened

party lines between the North and the South,the latter

being prevailingly democratic and the former largely repub

lican .

Each political party nominates a candidate for president

and one for vice—president .

‘

After a few months of intensive

THE WHITE HOUSE

campaigning , the election is held . The people do not vote

directly for the president and Vice- president, but for electors

who in turn elect the two candidates of their respective

parties . Each state is allowed a certain number of electoral

votes depending upon its population; and each party tries

to elect its own electoral candidates . If the Republicans

win in any one state, the votes cast for the nominees will

be only those of the Republican electors that state so votingis said to have gone Republican . The party that polls the


majority of electoral votes wins the national election . Once

the election is over, party lines are forgotten and the Presi

dent is supported by the adherents of both parties

The President resides in Washington in a beautiful palace

set aside for the home of the head of the nation . As chi ef

executive of a great nation,the President has to decide

many questions of Vital importance. His Views on national

affairs are broadcast over the country; and as spokesman

of the Un ited States , he also exerts a great influence in foreign

countries . The President is assisted in the discharge of his

duties by a cabinet of ten members chosen by him and re

sponsible to him only . Each of these cabinet members,

called Secretaries, is in charge of an executive department .

The legislative department is vested in the National Con

gress, which is composed of a Senate and a House of Repre

sentatives . Each state is represented in the Senate by two

senators elected by direct vote for a term of six years , and

in the House of Representatives by a proportionate number

of representatives , elected for a term of two years, allotted

to the various states on the basis of their population . Con

gress makes the . laws that concern the United States as a

nation . Every proposed law,known as a bill

,must pass

both houses and then be signed by the President before it

actually becomes a law.

The judicial power is vested in the Supreme Court which

is composed of n ine judges appointed for life . This court

is'

the final court of appeals in all cases in which the United

States is a party concerned . Congress may pass a law which

may be declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court .

Each of the forty- eight states maintains its own local

government modeled after the Federal G overnment . The

chief executive officer of the state is the governor . Each

maintains a state congress and a supreme court . The

school systems are wholly under the jurisdiction of the states .


No state is allowed to make a treaty with any other state

or with any foreign power, because the states are not soyer

eign powers .

Formany years after the treaty of peace in 1783 acknowl

edging the United States free and independent,the central

government was based on a loosely- knit agreement known as

theArticles ofConfederation . Each stategranted such powers

as it sawfit to the central governm ent . Such an organization

was soon found to be ineffective because the central govern

ment had no power to enforce its decis ions . A constitution

was drawn up and ratified by the various states and has sin ce

been the final authority in all governm ental matters . At the

time of its adoption ,it was undecided whether the Federal

G overnment or the states should be supreme . The secession

of the Southern States in 1861 and their forced re—entry into

the Union in 1865 decided once for all that the Federal

G overnm ent i s supreme . No state has the right to secede

because the Union is an inseparable one .

CUESTIONARIO

1 . What is a federal type of government ? 2 . What does theConstitution specify ? 3. What are the three branches of the

Federal G overnment 4 . What does the Democratic party stand

for ? 5 . What does the Republican party stand for ? 6. Whatstrengthened party lines just before the Civil War ? 7 . How

many electoral votes is each state allowed ? 8 . What does itmean to say that a certain state has gone democratic ? 10 . Wheredoes the President live ? 1 1 . What are his duties ? 12. Why dothe President

’

s Views exert great influence ? 13. What are the

members of the Cabinet called 14 . What department is repre

sented by the National Congress ? 15 . How are the senators

elected ? 16. How many representatives are elected from eachstate ? 17 . What is the Supreme Court ? 18 . What is the chiefexecutive officer of each state called ? 19 . Why may a state not


make a treaty with another state or nation . 20. What were theArticles of Confederation ? 21 . Why did they not succeed so wellas the Constitution . 22 . Which is supreme, the Federal Government or the states .

‘

7

DEVELOPMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

The colonists who pushed on westward into the more

fertile lands west of the Appalachian Mountains had to

travel on horseback , for there was not even a wagon road .

Pack horses carried the few articles absolutely necessary

for their new homes in the wilderness . Later,roads were

bu ilt across the mountains , but the East was still a longdistance from these new settlements .

Life west of the mountains was on a very prim itive scale .

All the clothes for the fam ily had to be manufactured in thehome. Food for the winter had to be put up during the sum

mer. There was little time for leisure and culture.

In 1830 a great event took place a railroad was built

and found practicable as a means of transportation . By

the year 1840, other lines had been constructed and the

mileage had increased to 2816. More than one line conn ected

the M ississippi Valley with the older states on the Atlantic

coast . The effect of the railroads as a factor in the develop

ment ofthe countrywas qu ickly realized . Farmers no longer

had to send their products down to New Orleans and thence

by sea to New York City . Carloads of wheat,corn

,and

livestock were easily shipped east,and manufactured prod

ucts were brought back . The home,relieved of the drudg

ery of preparing clothes and storing food, became a place

ofmore culture and education . Travel and schooling in the

East made it possible for the sons and daughters of the

M iddlewest to be as cultured and refined as their eastern

neighbors .


have multiplied from that time on, until the whole United

States is now a vast network of connecting lines . At the

present time, the mi leage is more than one- third

of the total m ileage of the world .

American trains are famous for their speed and comfort.

They carry sleepers , diners , and everything that is condu

cive to comfort . The trip from the Atlantic Ocean to the

Courtesy of Chicago , Bu rlington and Qu incy Railroad

A PASSENGER TRAIN OF TO- DAY

Pacific can now be made in less than five days, and the traveler is not subjected to any more discomfort than he would

suffer in a modern city hotel .

While commercial tran sportation by airplane is still inits infancy, it is only a question of time when this more

rapid means of transportation will be highly developed .

A daily transcontinental mail service is now maintained . A

letter,which would have taken a Pony Express rider weeks

to deliver, can be mailed in New York City in the morn ingand be delivered in San Francisco the following day.


Hand in hand with the perfection of the automobile and

the truck , has gone the improvement of the highways . The

routes that were once dotted with the old prairie schooner

are now lined with countless automobiles . Huge trucks

wend their way from city to city,carrying what is needed

in one locality from its place of production to the other,and

bringing back what the first lacks and needs .

Some one has said that one of the greatest riddles of life

is the universal need of transportation . Everything seems

to be found where it is not needed . Since civilization began ,

man has been busily engaged in moving the products of

nature and those of his own activity from places where theyabounded to other localities Where they were scarce .

CUESTIONARIO

1 . How did the first colonists cross the Appalachian Mountains ?

2 . Why was life west of the mountain s so primitive in the early

days ? 3. Why were the railroads such a great factor in the

development of the country ? 4 . What effect did the building of

railroads have on home life ? 5 . What caused the rapid growthof the California territory ? 6. What were the earlier means of

transportation to California 7 . What was the Pony Express ?8 . Whywas a transcontinental railroad not built sooner ? 9 . Whatwas the origin ofmany of the large cities of the West ? 10 . Whywas the completion of the first transcontinental railroad such a

great event ? 11 . What is the present mileage of American railroads ? 12 . What can be said ofAmerican trains 13. Why is it

probable that the airplane will play a great part in future trans

portation ? 14 . Why have travel and transportation by means of

the automobile and the truck increased‘

so materially during the

present century ? 15. What is one of the greatest riddles of life ?16. Where do the products of nature seem to be found? 17 . In

what has man been busily engaged since civilization began ?


INDUSTRIES

We have already seen how the first industries developed

in the home . Even before adequate means of transporta

tion were perfected, the various industries were becomingspecialized . A farmer, who could make better plows than

his neighbors, would make more plows than he needed for

his own use, which he would exchange for some such article

as furniture, because the latter was perhaps better made by

NEW ENGLAND COTTON M Ia

a neighbor. In large fam ilies , clothing could be made toadvantage . G radually these home industries grew into small

local factories . W hen the railroads made it possible to buyeverything needed from the place where it could be most

econom ically produced, the factories in such localities grewvery rapidly . The workers soon

'

had to devote all theirtime to making the one thing that suited them best .

NewEngland, on account of its water power, early became

the favored location of most manufacturing plants . The

soil of New England was too poor to be farmed with profit .

ELEMENTARY ENG LISH READER 81

Ou the contrary, the soil of the Mississippi Valley was rich ,and farming proved most profitable .

There is still a tendency to locate factories . near water

power;but with the development of electric power, which

can be cheaply transmitted and used where living conditions

are more satisfactory,a great deal of manufacturing is now

done in all the cities .

Some industries are almost necessarily localized . For

instance , the meat- packing bu siness is centered in Chicago

With branches in Omaha and Kan sas City . Philadelphia

has specialized in the manufacture of railroad and electric

cars,engines , and motors . Iron and coal are both found in

close proximity to Philadelphia,and the first steel plants

were located there. The same conditions prevail around the

G reat Lakes, where nearly all the automobiles are made .

On the Pacific coast, lumber and fishing are important in

dustries . M any’

c’

otton factories are now being built in theSouth where cotton is raised, the water power being as ade

quate as in New England . In the M iddlewest many agri

cultural implements are manufactured to be used on the

nearby farms .

Mining occupies the attention of a highly trained group ofworkers . Goal is plentiful in the greater part of the wholeof the Appalachian Mountains . Iron is found in payingquantities in the region around the G reat Lakes . Copperm ining is a rather important industry in a few scattered

regions , and lead is worked to advantage in others . In the

Rocky Mountains,rich deposits of gold and silver are found .

It is more expensive to m ine gold and silver than it is tom ine any other mineral , because they are found at greater

depth .

Oil is one of the newest and now the most importantmineral product . The increase in the number of automobiles

,

and of other machinery using gasoline engines , has caused


many rich oil fields to be developed within the last few

years . The best - paying fields are found in Texas, Wyomingand California . Wells are bored

,sometimes to the depth

of five thousand feet , and the oil usually gushes forth under

its own pressure. Pipe lines conduct the crude oil for hun

dreds ofm iles to the refineries .

Agriculture leads all other industries—in the United States .

About half of the entire popul‘

ation gets its living from the

soil . On some of the small farms of the East and South ,the soil is poor . Here a variety of small crops pays better

than one single crop .

_

The G overnment has helped the small

farmers to learn better methods of seed selection,crop rota

tion,proper fertilization ,

selection and care of adequate

farm machinery,and riddance of insect pests . Each state

also maintains its own agricu ltural college where young

men are trained to become scientific farmers .

In some sections,it has been found more profitable to

raise only one crop . In the M iddlewest, corn is the principal

cr0p. In the Northwest, wheat is more productive . In the

South , cotton has always been the leading cr0p . In such

sections, farming is on a larger scale . Specialists for this

particular cr0p are engaged to plan the work , select the seed,and to market the product . All the most improved types

ofmachinery for the particular crop are used, and approved

business methods are followed .

The whole United States is a land of work . Everybodyworks, and most everybody seems to en joy it . The honest

laborer does his work contentedly during the day,and at

night goes home to his fam ily to en joy the good things of

life . Regulated conditions of labor insure him sufficient

wages and ample time to partake of what an honest man is

entitled to . The ambition of such a man is to fit his children

to move in a higher circle than was his humble lot . The

second generation of such a fam ily practically always counts


among its members lawyers, doctors, business and profes

sionalmen who owe their education and training to the efforts

of conscientious and industrious parents of the working class .

CUESTIONARIO

1 . How did the various industries become specialized ? 2 . Whydid factories grow up in certain localities and not in others ?3. Why .was New England the favored location of factories ?4 . Why were factories not located at first in the M iddle

west ? 5 . What has recently permitted manufacturing in all the

cities ? 6. Why is the meat-

packing industry centered in Chicago ?7 . Why has Philadelphia devoted itself to the manufacture of cars

and engines ? 8 . Why has the region around the Great Lakes

become an automobilemanufacturing center 9 . Why havemanycotton factories been moved from New England to the South ?10. Why are agricultural implements manufactured in the M iddlewest ? 11 . Why/is mining done by trained workers ? 12 . G ive

the principal regions where '

each mineral is found in quantitiessufficient to warrant its exploitation ? 13. Why is gold miningexpensive ? 14 . What has caused the recent increase in the oil

industry ? 15 . What percentage of the people of the United Statesearn their living from the soil ? 16. How is farming carried on

Where the soil is poor ? 17 How has the Government aided

farmers 18 . How is farming carried on where one crop is grown ?19 . How does the honest laborer do his work ? 20. What is hisambition

SPORTS AND AMUSEMENTS

Even though the people of the United States are verybusy ,

they still have time to play . They play just as hard

as they work . It is their belief that play is only enjoyed

after the accomplishment of some worthy work , but that

play is just as important as work . One hears less said about

play because it is less necessary to urge its pursuit .


In the schools, from the elementary school through theuniversity,

there are departments of organized athletics .

Baseball is the national game . Little boys play it from the

first day they are in school . The best players are selectedfor the team that will compete with a rival school team . The

high - school team of one town plays against all the otherteams of its section

,and the winning teams of the various

sections compete With each other for the state championship .

In the universities,the organization is similar to that of

the high schools . Competing universities select the players

of their teams with a great deal of care,and train them

diligently so that the coveted championship may be theirs .

Football,basketball

,and track meets are other forms of

organ ized athletics both in the high school and in the

university

G roup athletics is not confined to schools . Town s Vie

with each other for championships . A group of workers in

any industry often form a team and challenge the team of a

rival industry . Amer1can institutions are very proud of their

organized athletics , because each player is taught to forget

himself as an individual and use his utmost efforts for the

good of the team .

Other sports of a social nature are skating , danci ng, and

picnicking , in most of which the young and the old of both

sexes take part when they feel inclined . The various clubs

and fraternities are social in nature . Nearly every man,

woman,and child belongs to some club that offers him social

recreation suitable to his needs .

The cities and towns maintain public parks and play

grounds for the amusement andl

edification of the people .

These include gymnastic equipment for all ages , athletic

fields,and swimming pools .

The sports and games of grown—up people depend upon

their taste as well as upon their profession . For a“

man who


lady she is . Her V iew point of life is sane and wholesome.

She has been trained to consider herself man’

s equal; and

she expects later to be some good man’

s life partner,sharing

equally in his responsibilities and in his joys . Outdoor life

and athletic sports have not destroyed that tender femininitythat makes her charming and attractive . Having been

given her rights, she is no longer forced to fight surrepti

tiously for them .

It is harder to generalize about the recreation usuallyindulged in by wives and mothers . For them the home

,with

its many duties and the upbringing of children,occupies a

greater part of their attention ,but most of them find time

to take part in church and social activities too . There are

various activities instituted and managed by the young

matrons , that not only bring recreation to the participants

but a lso influence public Opinion and community welfare .

Although there is still a strong tendency for the younger

members of the fami ly to seek recreation and amusement

outside the home and away from paternal care , there is a

movement to make the home itself the center of social inter

course .

'

To this end the home is fitted up with the proper

facilities for parties and dances, practically always includinga radio set .

In addition to daily amusements,alm ost everybody looks

forward to a few weeks during the course of the year when

all business is laid aside and the whole tim e is spent in

recreation . This vacation period is usually spent at the sea

shore or in the mountains . Long trips are made in auto

mobiles, the whole family camping out . Hiking, fishing ,and hunting are indulged in . If the fam ily goes to the sea

shore,the vacation will take on a more formal aspect . Bath

ing, sailing, horseback riding, playing golf and tennis will

be the order of the day,but dances, lectures, concerts and

shows will fill the evenings .


CUESTIONAR IO

1 . When do the Americans play ? 2 . Why does one hear lessabout play ? 3. What is the national game ? 4 . How are the

players of a team selected ? 5 . How are state high- school cham

pionships decided ? 6. What are other types oforganized athletics ?7 . Why is America proud of its organized athletics ? 8 . Whatare some other sports of a social nature ? 9 . What functions dothe public parks have ? 10. What determines the sports of grownup people ? 1 1 . What is the usual recreation of a busin ess man ?

12 . What can the average American girl do ? 13. What is theusual recreation of a wife or a mother ? 14 . What has been doneto cause the younger members of the family to seek their recreationin the home ? 15 . Where and how are summer vacations spent ?

CUSTOM S AND MANNERS

The different customs and mann ers of the people of the

two Americas have been one of the chief causes of their

lack ofmutual sympathetic understanding . It is not a ques

tion of deciding whose standards are better. The people

of Span ish—America seem to be satisfied with their standards

and values,and it is not for the North Am ericans to try

to urge the Spanish—Americans to abandon what they have

found suited to their own particular needs .

The Origin of customs and mann ers goes back to very re

mote times . Most of the conventions daily observed by the

white races are the heritage of European ancestry . Hand

shaking , lifting the hat on meeting , the laws of hospitality,

deference to ladies , modes of dress,and a host of other sim ilar

Observances hark back to the days of chivalry . The reason

for the observance of many of these cann ot even be learned

now.

The Spanish conquerors carried with them overseas the

accepted modes of social intercourse that had prevailed for


centuries in Spain . The English explorers and colonizerslikewise brought over and established English standards in

the American colonies . These standards,different even at

that time,have for the past three hundred years been growing

more and more divergent . The more rigorous clim ate has

made the North American more brusque in his manner . The

less strenuous life of the Spanish- Am erican has given him

more tim e to devote to the formal side of social Observances .

Many Spanish- Americans have been inclined to call theNorth American impolite and rude because of hi s brusquemann er . To one who has been trained in doing things in

amore leisurelym anner,it does seem a breach of etiquette

to hurry past friends on the street without lifting one’

s hat,

shaking hands, and engaging in a friendly chat .

Perhaps the North American does overemphasize the pres

sure of time . Maybe he would get along just as well if he

did not take him self so seriously . But North Americans do

not grate on one another’s nerves by their disregard ofwhatthey consider useless forms . In refusing to observe them

they have turned their attention to the observance of other

things which they consider of more importance. If an

American is on his way to an appointment,he will

_1iot keep

his friend or business associate waiting while he chats with

acquain tances he meets on the street . He considers it themost discourteous thing he can do to make any one

-wait for

him . If some one asks him a favor he says“no

”when he

has no intention of granting the request, with the result

that a person may know that he can rely on it when he does

say“

yes .

”

In business deals the American goes straight to the point

without formalities,believing that each party considers such

formalities senseless and burdensome . He believes thatreal courtesy in business is best shown by a clear and fair

representation of the matter at issue, and a conscientious


CUESTIONARIO

1 . What has been one of the chief causes of the lack of under

standing between the two Am ericas ? 2 . What is the origin of

customs and manners ? 3. From where did Spanish-Ammica ob

tain its customs ? 4 . What has made the North American more

brusque in his manner ? 5 . Why have Spanish-Am ericans devoted

more time to the formal side of social Observances ? 6. Why havesome Spanish—Am ericans been inclined to call the North Am ericans

rude ? 7 . What is theAmerican’s justification of this brusqueness ?

8 . What does he consider very discourteous ? 9 . Why does theAmerican go straight to the point in business deals ? 10 . Whatcomforts of life do North Americans love very dearly ? 1 1 . Whatis their belief regarding culture ? 12 . How is the North Am ericandeferential to ladies 13. What does the American woman expect

of a gentleman ? 14 . Why is the American willing to conform to

these requirements ? 15 . Why does an American give his seat to

a lady in a public conveyance ?

AMERICAN EDUCATION

There is no department of education in the President’s

cabinet . The Bureau ofEducation is only a sort of statistical

agency that furnishes advice and information upon request .

Except for the Indian schools and the schools in the terri

tories not yet admitted to statehood,the Federal G overn

ment exercises no jurisdiction over education .

Each state maintains its own separate school system ,all

of which are patterned along the same general lines . Co

education is practiced in all the states . Each state supports

free and compulsory elementary schools , county high schools ,normal schools

,and a state university . The state controls

the certification of teachers,but some of the larger cities

requ ire in addition that teachers pass a special exam ination

given by their own board of exam iners . Counties, towns,


and municipalities may vote additional taxes for school

purposes .

In the elementary schools, the course of study covers a

period of eight years . The usual subjects, such as reading ,writing , arithm etic, and elementary facts of history and

geography are stressed . Spelling as a separate subject of

stTi dy must be repeated year after year owing to the inherent

difficulties of English spelling .

The Am erican high school is the most original feature of

American education . It has been called the people’s uni

EVANSTON TOWNSHIP H IGH SCHOOL

versity . Its object is to provide, in a four year’

s program ,

the great mass of students , rich and poor with an education

that will function in their lives . The curricu lum provides am inimum of general culture , and at the same time fits stu

dents for some usefu l calling . In the country,there are

consolidated high s chools for the graduates of the surround

ing rural schools . School busses convey the boys and girls

to and from the school daily . County high schools usuallygive two courses of study : always an academic course that

leads to college, and a practical course that trains the stu

dents in the work that they will follow for a livelihood . In


agricultural regions, this practical course is devoted to in

struction in farming and stock raising . In high schools,

partly supported by the town , the practical course includesinstruction in the trades followed in that locality . In the

cities , a commercial course is given . In the very large cities,certain high schools specialize in only one course of study,

drawing students who are chiefly interested in this phase of

the work .

The Ameri can college has no counterpart in Spanish

American school systems . Its original aim was to providefacilities for a liberal education

,with no thought of profes

sional training . The terms“college

”

and“university

”are

synonym ous in rank , and are used indiscriminately to

designate the four years ofmore intensive training following

graduation from high school . Strictly speaking, a universityis a collection of colleges , such as the college of arts and

sciences , the college of law, the college ofmedicine, the college

of engineerin g , the agricultural college, and others pertain ingto the various professions .

“College

”originally meant

only the college of arts and sciences , and many small colleges

still devote their whole attention to cultural and scientific“

subjects .

A state university includes the college of arts and sciences

and the various colleges (not always located at the same

place) destined for professional training . The outstandingcollege in the state univerisities is still the college of arts and

sciences . Within each college, presided over by a dean who

is responsible to the president of the university, a restricted

and regulated choice ofstudies is allowed . In all the colleges ,the satisfactory completion of the four year

’

s work leads

to the bachelor’s degree. In the college of arts and sciences,the students may major in some one cultural subject, and in

the special colleges, in some branch of that particular field.

Graduate study leads to the higher degrees . In purely


solidated high schools 8 . What two types of courses are given inthe county high schools ? 9 . What practical courses are given

in the towns and cities ? 10. What is the distinction between

college”

and“university

”? 11 . What is the principal difference

between a private college and a state university ? 12 . What i smeant by graduate study ? 13. How may the degree of Doctor

of Philosophy be attained ? 14 . Why have private schools tendedto disappear ? 15 . Do you think a city university will in crease inimportance as the years go by ? 6. What would be its advantagesas a factor in higher education ?

AMERICAN COLLEGE LIFE

American college life is a very complex thing , and it is

often very bewildering to foreigners .

In manyof themore populous states , the annual enrollment

in the state univeristy is more than five thousand . How to

handle such a number of students in a manner conduciveto their best interests , and at the same time to perm it them

to enjoy fully those halcyon days , has been a difficult

problem for the admin istrative authorities .

College students are just at the age when life seems to

offer most . They are full of enthusiasm and energy; theyare venturesome and keenly alive, ever ready to experiment

and probe into life’s untried delights .

First-

year students are called freshmen; those of the

second year, sophomores; those of the third year, juniors;and those of the fourth year, seniors . These four groupsform a sort of ascending hierarchy of importance in college

life . Each has its class organ ization and holds meetings at

stated intervals .

The most trying year of all is the freshman year. It is

very hard for a young man or woman of eighteen to

adjust himself to this widened sphere of liberties . Heretofore


he has always been under the paternal wing , but now he

alone must decide issues for himself . A business - like dean

insists that he attend classes . Exacting professors demand

that he learn their subjects . The various organ izations claim

a share of his time . And varied social activities beckon him

away from stern duties .

Sophomores,remembering the petty hardships that they

Brown Brothers

A GAME OF FOOTBALL IN THE YALE BOWL , THE FAM OUSATHLETIC FIELD OF YALE UNIVERSITY

had to undergo the previous year, insist on inflicting the

same on the new freshm en . They prescribe a ridiculous

green cap as his sole headgear. A freshman must step off

the sidewalk when hemeets an upper- classman . The purpose

of this good—natured fun is to lead the youthful freshman to

see that only merit counts . Since he has had no Opportunityto show his ability,

he must take a back seat for the time

being . The upper- classmen arereally eager to help the fresh


men over the hard places , but it is necessary to discipline

them a bit at first .

In such a great number of new students, there are sure to

be somewho will not survive . Some have insufficientmental

abilities to make passing grades . Others are antisocial,

finding themselves unable to fit into the group . The former

are asked by the clean to withdraw,and the latter become so

disgusted with college life that they do not care to return

the second year.

The American college G reek - letter fraternities exert a

great deal of influence on student social life . The more im

portant fraternities (sororities for girls) have chapters in all

the principal universities . It is the hope of every freshm an

to be invited to join the fratern ity of his choice,because

membership carries with it certain social distinctions . In

reality,the fraternities are commodious clubs where a group

of like-min ded young college men or women live together .

In theory,such an organ ization tends to promote scholar

ship , since each fraternity vies with every other in main

taining high average g rades . In practice,this purpose is

often frustrated by the increased social obligations made

necessary. Usually only students who are likely . to be an

asset to the fraternity are asked to join it . Wealth,social

prestige, and very often mere chance influence the extendingof this invitation . The pledges , or the freshmen who havebeen invited to join ,

are helped to keep up a passing grade

until the period of probation is over . Since the combined

membership in all the fraternities never includes half of the

whole student body,many of the most worthy young men

and women find themselves , through no fault of their own,

in the non—fraternity groups . There is a sort of snobbishness

on the part of fraternity members that looks with disfavor

on those unfortunate enough to be left out .

There are many activities open to all students regardless


monium breaks loose in the ranks of the supporters . If an

error is made by one team ,its supporters stifle their disap

pointment and shout encouraging words to their strivingteam . Final Victory of either side is the occasion for lettingloose unrestrained emotions . Rousing cheers and heartyhurrahs are followed by a triumphal procession through thetown . Outstanding heroes of the winning team are often

carried on the shoulders of loyal supporters . Years after

graduation ,when one witnesses such a Victory on the part

of his alma mater,he becomes young again for the time

being; he lives over again that glorious and never- to- be

forgotten past, when he too was a carefree college student .

CUESTIONARIO

1 . Why is American college life such a complex thing ? 2 . Whyis the freshman year such a Vital one ? 3. Why do not all freshmen return to college 4 . Describe the workings of Greek—letter

fraternities ? 5 . How is their possibly undemocratic influence

counteracted ? 6. In what way is Am erican college life real life

in miniature ? 7 . Describe an intercollegiate football game ?

8 . What influence does the American college have on Am erican

characteristics ? 9 . What features ofAm erican college life do you ,

as a Spanish—American ,disapprove oi ? 10. What features of it do

you consider commendable ?

RECENT ECONOMIC TENDENCIES

As competition in the business and industrial world has

grown keener, there has been a notable tendency to merge

smaller units into large ones . Production in mass lots is

generally cheaper. Better goods can be produced and more

efficient service rendered, as a rule,in a large unit highly

organized .


Big business, such as railroads , traction compan ies , mines,power plants, and similar units that require even more

capital than that possessed by the few rich , have always

been organ ized as corporate companies . The success of the

great corporations has induced many other small business

interests to be consolidated and organized on the same basis .

Contrary to general belief , some of the most powerful of

these corporations are seldom owned by rich men . Profes

sioual and business men,workers , and farmers have invested

their savings in paying stocks; and often the controllinginterest is in the hands of small investors .

Merging small companies into one big concern is not

usually the work of a captain of finance . Some man with a

Vision sees a means of enlarging his sphere of activity byexpansion . He organizes a corporation and raises money

by the sale of stock . The workers in his factory are given

the first opportun ity to purchase the new stock . Each

share entitles its owner to one vote in the management of

the corporation ’

s affairs . Under the wise leadership of this

man of Vision,the enlarged firm prospers . Competing firms

gradually sell out to this more wide- awake organ ization ,

accepting stock in payment of their interests . The same

employees Continue . The old manager is retained . The

only noticeable difference in procedure is that the absorbed

concern is now permitted to share in all the advantages of

the corporation,being able to share in the buying on a large

scale and to take advantage of the more complete marketingfacilities . The factory workers are encouraged to buy

stock in the corporation with their savings . Higher wages

are paid . The product is improved and standardized . The

latest type of machinery is installed in all branches . The

firm continues to expand until it covers a still greater terri

tory . The firm name becomes a great asset,because its

goods are knownand appreciated by satisfied customers .


There are natural checks to abuse of power of large cor

porations . Probably the greatest of these is the natural

limit ofmergers . If the corporation becomes too great , the

machinery becomes too complicated to function properly,

and the corporation dies a natural death .

If the rawmaterials of the industry could be monopolized,no other competitor could enter the field, and huge profits

could be made;but it has been found practically impossible

to control the sources of raw materials because they are so

widely distributed and controlled by so many individual

owners .

If profits are excessive , small competitors will enter the

field . The price of the article will be lowered until the com

petitor is forced out of business , but hundreds of others will

have to be handled in the same way as long as this condition

exists , and the public will profit by the lowering of prices .

In time some of the small competitors will merge their

business un its, and the big corporation will find it harder to

freeze them out . Some of the mergers will surely survive

and grow. Experience has shown it to be wiser for a cor

poration to devote its attention to increased efficiency and

decreasing costs of production rather than to attempt tc'

)

maintain absolute control in any field . Usually there are

two or more big companies who work as friendly rivals .

Often one corporation is fairly supreme in a certain territorybut if prices are unduly raised, a competing corporation will

invade its field and capture its trade.

Almost all commodities of daily use are now largely pro

duced and distributed by big- business interests . There are

chain grocery stores Operating over wide regions, with no

hopes of controlling the market . Each chain is constantlystriving to reduce overhead expenses to the point of enablingit to offer cheaper and better products than can possibly be

offered by a rival chain . Each general manager, of course,


feature articles,market reports

,cartoons, and special col

umus which are poured into the pages of thousands of news

papers buying this wholesale service .

What will be the result of all this centralization of the

various lines of industry and endeavor into the hands of a

few big dominating units of power ? Will it work , as didfeudalism in the Middle Ages , against good government ?

Or will it purge a democratic form of government of its

inherent ills ? The future alone can answer.

Will our complicated but well- oiled system of industrydestroy our individuality,

making us mere cogs that revolve

in a great machin e with less friction and greater ease because

they run in stereotyped grooves ? Or will this smooth—run

n ing efficiency and well- organi zed life give really superior

individuals the opportunity of doing still greater things ?

Who kn ows ?

CUESTIONARIO

1 . Why has big business always been run under the corporate

system ? 2 . Who owns the stock of corporations ? 3. Why havesmaller business units tended to merge ? 4 . What are the checksto the abuse of power of corporations ? 5 . What does each chain

of business strive to do ? 6. Are there mergers of interests outside

the field of industry ? 7 . Explain the organization of the American

press ? 8 . How will this centralization of interests probably

affect the government ? 9 . How will it probably affect the indi

vidual ? 10 . Do you think this tendency should be curbed by

legislation

PART THREE

LIBERTY OR DEATH

M r. President : It is natural for man to indulge in the

illusions of hope . We are apt to shut our eyes agains t a

painful truth,and listen to the song of the siren till she

transforms us into beasts . Is this the part of wise men ,en

gaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we

disposed to be of the _

‘

number of those who, havin g eyes , see

not,and having ears

,hear not

,the things which so nearly

concern their temporal salvation ?For my partT

’

whatever anguish of spirit it may cost,I am

willing to know the whole truth to know the worst,and

to provide for it . I have - but one lamp by which my feet

are guided, and that‘

is the lamp of experience . I know of no

way of judging of the future but by the past; and ,judging

by the past , I wish to know what there has been in the con

duct of the British ministry for the last ten years to justifythose hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to

solace themselves and the House .

Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been

lately received ? Trust it not,sir;it will prove a snare to

your feet . Suffer not yourself to be betrayed with a kiss .

Ask yourself how this gracious reception of our petition

comports with those warlike preparations which cover our

waters and darken our land . Are fleets and armies necessary

to a work of love and reconciliation ? Have we shown our

selves so unwilling to be reconciled that force must be called

in to win back our love ?


Let us not deceive ourselves, sir . These are the imple

ments of war and subjugation the last arguments to

which k ings resort . I ask , sir, what means thismartial array,

if its purpose be not to force us to submission ? Can gentlemen assign any other possible motive for it ? Has G reat

Britain any enemy in this quarter of the world to call for

all this accumulation of navies and arm ies ?

No,sir

,she has none; they are meant for us : they can be

meant for no other . They are sent over to bind and rivet

up those chains which the British m inistry have been so

long forging . And what have we to oppose themi?Shall we try argument ? Sir

,we have been trying that for

the last ten years . Have we anything new to ofier upon the

subject ? Nothing . We have held the subject up in every

light ofwhich it is capable, but it has been all in vain . Shall

we resort to entreaty and humble supplication ? Whatterms shall we find which have not been already exhausted?

Let us not,I beseech you ,

sir,deceive ourselves longer.

Sir,we have done everything that could be done to avert

the storm that is now com ing on . We'

have petitioned;wehave remonstrated; we have supplicated; we have prostrated ourselves before the throne, and have im plored itsinterposition to arrest the tyrannical hands of the mmi stry

and Parliament .

Our petitions have been slighted;our remonstrances haveproduced additional Violence and insult; our supplicationshave been disregarded; and we have been spurned with

contempt from the foot of the throne!In vain,after these

things , may we indulge the fond hope of peace and recon

ciliation . There is no longer any room for hope .

If we wish to be free; if we mean to preserve inviolatethose inestimable privileges for which we have been so longcontending; if we mean not basely to abandon the noblestruggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which


at the price of chains and slavery 1 Forbid it, Almighty G od 1

I know not What course others may take but,as for me, give

me liberty or giveme death 1- PATR ICK HENR Y

CUESTIONARIO

1,Does Patrick Henry gain the sympathy of his audience by

admitting that it i s natural to indulge'

in the illusions of hope

2 . Does he actually accuse them of being disinterested in their

problem ? 3. Havinggained their good will , how does he suggest

that they may judge of the future ? 4 . Does he appeal to their

pride by suggesting that they have been imposed upon in the past ?

5 . What is his purpose in calling their attention to G reat Britain’

s

preparation for war ? 6. Does he tell them anything new in re

counting how argument, petition ,and hum ility have failed ?

7 . How does he appeal to their sense of love of liberty ? 8 . How

does he appeal to their pride ? 9 . What possible arguments of an

antagonist does he answer ? 10 . Where does he appeal to their

religious sense ? 1 1 . Are his hearers sufficiently aroused by his

presentation of well- known facts,and his skill in makin g these

facts a personal issue.

of .each individual, to be in a mood to act

when he demands war as the only remedy ? 12 . Do you happen

to know Whether this speech,delivered before the Continental

Congress in 1775,had anything to do with the Declaration of

Independence

THE BLUEBIRD

When Nature made the bluebird,she wished to make the

sky and earth friends . So she gave him the color of one on

his back, and the hues of the other on his breast . She ordered

that his appearance in spring should tell that the strife and

war between earth and sky was at an end .

He is the peace bringer; in him'

the earth and sky shake

hands and are fast friends . He means the furrow and the


warmth; he means all the soft, woomg influences of the

spring on the one hand, and the retreating footsteps of

winter on the other. In New York and in New Englandthe sap starts up in the sugar

-maple the very day the bluebird arrives

,and sugar

—making begins forthwith .

The bluebird is the first bit of color that cheers our north

ern landscape. The other birds that arrive about the

same time the sparrow, the robin ,the phoebe bird , are

clad in neutral tints : gray, brown ,or russet; but the blue

bird brings one of the primary hues, and the divinest of

them all.

The bluebird usually bu ilds its nest in a hole in a stump

or stub,or in an old cavity dug out by a woodpecker

,when

such can be had; but its first impulse seems to be to start

in the world in much more style, and the happy pair make

a great show oi:house- hunting about the farm buildings .

Now they think they will take a dovecote,then they will

discuss a last year’s swallow’

s nest .

We hear them announce with much flourish and flutter

that they have taken the wren’s house, or the tenement of

the purple martin . Finally Nature becomes too urgent,

when all this pretty make- believe ceases . Most of them

settle back upon the old fam ily stumps and knotholes inremote fields and go to work in earnest .

It is very pretty to watch them build a nest . The maleis Very active in hunting out a place and exploring the boxes

and cavities . He seems to have no choice in the matter,and

is anxious only to please and encourage his mate who

knows what will do and what will not .

After she has su ited herself,away the two go in search of

material for the nest . The male acts as guard, flying aheadand above the female . She brings all the material and does

all the work of building . He looks on and encourages her

with gesture and song . She enters the nest with her bit of


dry grass or straw,and having placed it to her notion

,with

draws and waits near by while he goes and looks it over.

On coming out he exclaims very plainly,Excellent!ex

cellent 1”and away the two go again for more material .

JOHN BURROUGHS

CUESTIONARIO

1 . Why did Nature give the bluebird two colors 2 . Whatdoes the bluebird’

s appearance in spring tell ? 3. Is the poetic

conception of the friendship of the earth and the sky personally

interesting ? 4 . Does humanity instinctively desire that strifeand war end ? 5 . What is coincident with the bluebird’

s arrival

6. Do any or all of these things appeal to you as an individual ?

7 . Is there a personal touch in the third paragraph ? 8 . Wheredoes the bluebird build its nest ? 9 . Why should building a nest

interest readers in a personal way 10 . How does the male assist

in building the nest ? 11 . Does the last paragraph depict a parallelin human life ? 12 . Why does it cause us to smile ? 13. Whatdo you suppose was the naturalist

’

s object in writing this selection14 . Would it appeal to an orn ithologist who had never seen a

bluebird 15 . Do you think that a bluebird will be a bit more

real to you after reading this description of his place in nature ?

MOSES MAKES A BARGAIN

As we were now to hold up our heads a little higher in the

world, my family thought it would be proper to sell the colt

which was now grown old,at a neighboring fair, and buy

us a horse that would carry single or double upon an occasion,

and make a pretty appearance at church , or upon a Visit .

As the annual fair happened on the following day,I had

intentions of going myself; but my wife persuaded me that

I had a cold,and nothing could prevail upon her to permit

me to go from home .

“No

,my dear,

”said she,

“our son

1 10 ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER

I have sold him ,cried Moses , for three pounds five

shillings and twopence .

”

“Well done, my good boy,returned she; I knew you

would do well . Between ourselves , three pounds five shil

lings and twopence is no bad day’

s work . Come,let us have

it then .

I have brought back no money, cried Moses again .

'

I

have laid it all out in a bargain ,and here it is,

” pulling out a

bundle from his breast;“ here they are : a gross of green

spectacles, with silver rims and shagreen cases .

”

“ A gross of green spectacles 1” repeated my wife in a

faint voice. An d you have parted with the colt,and

brought us back nothing but a gross of worthless green

spectacles 1”

“Dear mother, cried the boy, why won

’t you listen to

reason ? I had them at a great bargain ,or I should not have

bought them . The silver rims alone will sell for double the

money“ A fig for silver rims 1

”

cried my wife . I dare say theywon

’

t sell for above half the money at the rate of broken

silver,five shillings an ounce .

”

“You need not be uneasy,

cried I,

about selling therims : they are not worth sixpence, for I perceive they are

only copper varnished over .

”

“What,

”criedmy wife,

“not silver!the rims not silver 1”

No,

”cried I

,

“no more silver than your saucepan .

”

And so,”returned she

,

“we have parted with the colt

,

and have got only a gross of green spectacles,with copper

rims,and shagreen cases!Away with such trumpery. The

blockhead has been imposed upon,and should have known

his company better.

”

By this time the unfortunate Moses was undeceived . He

now saw that he had indeed been imposed upon by a cheatingsharper

, who, observing his youth , had marked him for an

ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER 1 1 1

easy prey. He sold the horse, it seems, and walked the fairin search of another. A reverend—looking man brought himto a tent , under pretence of having one to sell .

“ Here,”

continued Moses,

“

we met another man, very

well dressed,who desired to borrow twenty pounds upon the

spectacles, saying that he wanted money, and would sell

them for one- third of their value . The first gentleman, who

pretended to be my friend, whi spered me to buy them ,and

cautioned me not to let so good an offer pass . I sent for

Mr. Flamborough , and they talked him up as finely as theydid me; and so at last we were persuaded to buy the two

gross between us .

”

OLIVER G OLDSMITH

CUESTIONARIO

1 . Why was itdecided to sell the colt ? 2 . Why did the fathernot go

‘

to the fair to sell the colt ? 3. How did M oses’

sisters fit

him out for the fair ? 4 . How was M oses dressed ? 5 . At what

time did M oses return from the fair ? 6. How much did he receivefor

‘

the colt ? 7 . How many spectacles are there in a gross?

8 . Why did the cheating sharper mark M oses for an easy prey ?

9 . Was Mr. Flamborough deceived too ? 10 . Is there any descrip

tion in this selection ? 1 1 . Are all necessary details included in

the narrative part ? 12 . What is the central thought in thi s narra

tion ? 13. Do the facts lead up to the central thought step by step ?

14 . Do you notice any peculiarities in the language due to its being

written by an Englishm an of the eighteenth century ?

THE ORIG IN OF ROAST PIG

The swineherd, Hoti, having gone out into the woods one

morning , as his manner was,to collect mast for his hogs ,

left his cottage in the care of his eldest son,Bobo

,a great

lubberly boy, who , being fond of playing with fire , as young


sters of his age commonly are,let some sparks escape into a

bundle of straw,which , kindling quickly,

spread the con

fiagration over every part of their poor mansion,till it was

reduced to ashes . Together with a cottage, what was of

more importance , a fine litter of pigs, no less than nine in

number,perished .

China pigs have been esteemed a luxury all over the East,

from the remotest periods we read oi . Bobo was in the ut

most confusion ,as you may think , not so much for the sake

of the tenement,

whi ch his father and he could easilybuild up again with a few dry branches, and the labour of

an hour or two, at any time,

as for the loss of the pigs .

Whi le he was think ing what he should say to his father,and wringing his hands over those untimely sufferers

,an

odor assailed his nostrils,unlike any he had before experi

enced . What could it proceed from ? not from the burnt

cottage he had smelt that smell before;indeed this was byno means the first accident of the kind which had occurred

through the negligence of this unlucky young firebrand .

Much less did it resemble that of any known herb , weed, or

flower.

He knew not what to think . He next stooped down to

feel the pig , if there were any signs of life in it . He burned

his fingers, and to cool them he applied them in hi s boobyfashion to his mouth . Some of the crumbs of the scorched

skin had come away with his fingers , and for the first tim e

in his life (in the world’s life

,indeed

,for before him no man

had known it) he tasted crackling!Again he felt and

fumbled at the pig . It did not burn him so much now; still

he licked his fingers from a sort of habit .

The truth at length broke into his slow understandingthat it was the pig that smelled so

,and the pig that tasted

so delicious . Surrendering himself to the new- born pleasure ,he fell to tearing up whole handfuls of the scorched skin with


Bobo was strictly en joined not to let the secret escape,

for the neighbours would certainly have stoned them for a

couple ofabominable wretches, who could think of improvingthe good meat which G od had sent them . Nevertheless

,

strange stories got about . It was observed that Hoti’s

cottage was burned down more frequently than ever. Noth

ing but fires from this time onward . Some would break out

in broad day, others in the nighttime . Hoti, which was the

more remarkable, instead of chastising hi s son,seemed to

grow more indulgent to him than ever.

At length they were watched, the terrible mystery dis

covered,and the father and son summoned to take their

trial at Pekin . Evidence was given ,the obnoxious food itself

produced in court,and the verdict about to be pronounced

,

when the foreman of the jury begged that some of the burnt

pig , of which the culprit stood accused, might be handedinto the box. He handled it, and the jury all handled it .

They all burned their fingers as Bobo and his father had done

before them ,and nature prompted to each of them the same

remedy . Against the face of all the facts, and the clearest

charge which judge had ever given , to the surprise of the

whole court, townsfolk , strangers, reporters, and all present ,without leaving the box, or any manner of consultation

whatever,they brought in a verdict ofNot G uilty.

The judge, who was a shrewd fellow, wink ed at the un

fairness of the decision; and when the court was dismissed

went privily,and bought up all the pigs that could be had

for love or money. In a few days his lordship’s town house

was observed to be on fire . The thing took wing , and now

there was nothing to be seen but fire in every direction .

Fuel and pigs grew enormously dear all over the district .

The insurance offices one and all shut up sh0p .

People built slighter and slighter every day,until it was

feared that the very science of architecture would in no


long time be lost to the world . Thus this custom of firing

houses continued,till in process of time

,says my manu

script,a sage arose, who made the discovery, that the

flesh of swine,or indeed any other animal might be cooked

(burned as they called it) without the necessity of con

suming a whole house to dress it .

Then first began the rude form of gridiron . Roastin g bythe string or Spit came in a century or two la ter. By such

slow degrees, concludes the manuscript, do the most useful

and seemingly the most obvious arts make their way among

mankind .

CHARLES LAMB

CUESTIONARIO

1 . Give the summary of this story . 2 . What is the centralthought that binds all these narrative events together ? 3. Poin t

out any sentences'

that are purely descriptive . 4 . Is the move

ment ofthe story interrupted by any casual explanations ? 5 . Whywould this be called a short story instead of a novel ? 6. Does the

author interpose himself into the narration of the events 7 . Are

the separate events well arranged to lead up to the climax ?

8 . Are any unnecessary details introduced ? 9 . Who is the principal character of the story ? 10 . Is the character delineation of

both father and son well done ? 1 1 . What is the climax of the

story ? 12 . Does it reveal everything that it should ? 13. Is

the ending a happy one ?


UNCLE JOE CANNON’

S DEATH

Former Speaker Dies Peacefully In 9oth Year

Former Czar of House HadBeen Sink ing Slowly for

Last 12 M onths

TOOK GOLD IN JULY

First Indication That Condition

WasG rave G ivenWhen Baughter Was Called Home

Danville, Nov. 12.

— (AP)Uncle Joe

” Cannon died here

to- day at the age of 90.

In the rambling brick mansion

he had built for hi s bride many

years ago , life slowly ebbed awayfrom the old statesmanwhose iron

handed tactics in Congress won

him the title of Czar of the House

back in the days before his fallin 1910 .

Mr . Cannon was 90 years oldlast M ay . His strength has been

slowly ebbing during the last twelvemonths .

Failed to Vote

He failed to vote at the election

Nov . 2 for the first time since he

voted for Lincoln in 1860 . He was

too weak to get to the polls .

The same dominant Spirit withwhich Uncle Joe ruled theHouse

of R epresentatives so many years

was summoned by him in a fight

against old age . He continued his

daily walk down town until phys icians ordered him to replace it

With an automobile ride, and in

recent weeks his fading mind and

body had not permitted him to

leave home .

Last M ay, however, he attended

a birthday party given by Danville

Kiwanians honoring his 90th an

niversary and portioned the bigcake among Boy Scouts while pho

tographers choked their cameras .

In Jun e, he broke the groundfor St . James M ethodist church

which he joined after his retire

ment from Congress and where he

sat in the pew his latewife occupiedso many years . He was unable to

appear when the cornerstone was

laid in August .

Contracted Cold in July“

A cold contracted in July gavehim much worry and it was then

that he took to motoring in stead of

walking . The first indication that

his condition was grave was given

when his daughter, Helen ,was

summoned home from Europe

hurriedly in September .

.He declined several invitations

to appear publicly in the weeks

preceding his death, but hi s greatest

regret was occasioned by his in

ability to speak at a school house


a combination of insurgents in his

own party with the democratic mi

nority. Even then ,however, when

the battle in the House reached a

pitch of excitement,that swept

every other happening in the world

into the background for all Amer

icans,

“Uncle Joe” fighting with

grim courage to the last, was to

know something of the feeling men

would have for him later . The

triumphant rebels of the House

refused to take the last step and

oust him from the speakership .

Content with stripping the post

of its power, they voted to hold

him still in place .

In the political deluge that fellupon his party two years later,“

Uncle Joe ” failed of reelection

for the second time in his national

career. Once before he had practiced law in Danville after his

defeat for Congress . When he came

back again at the next election ,

age had begun to cool his ardor .

He sat many days without sharingin debate and it was only in flashes

that his old fire showed when he

took the floor .

Born in a little Quaker settle

ment near G uilford, N C .

,M ay 7,

1836, and named for Joseph G urney, a famous Quaker, Mr . Cannon

often remarked that he seemed to

have drifted away from the faithand habits of the pious people

whom Gurney led . For he was

a fiery, rough- and—tumble fighter

always . On the floor he foughtwith whirling arms and contor

tions of his body to drive home his

words .

“Uncle Joe smoked inces

santly, a cigar tilted sharply up

ward toward . his hat brim,and

cartoonists never failed to draw

him that way.

Wh en he first went to Wash

ington M r . Cannon was induced to

put into a scheme for the

transfusion of metal, and he never

saw the money after that . Later,Alexander G raham Bell

,then ex

perimenting With the telephone,invited Cannon in to the company“

on the ground floor,

”but after

being“stung

”once, as he ex

pressed it, he resisted the tempta

tion , only to see other friends takeup this and other stocks to become

millionaires many times over .

But M r . Cannon’s own bank

and other business ventures were

successful, and he amassed con

siderable wealth .

The fact probably has been forgotten by most publishers that it

was Cannon ,while a member of the

postoffice committee, who foughtfor reform in the postal laws and

put through the bill providing for

a low rate on second- class mail

matter, which is still in effect . In

his closing years , mindful of thisservice, he often remarked that

the newspapers , whi ch had lam

pooned him ,had gained much

through a law giving them the

right of sending their publication

at less than the letter rate .

G reat Love for Children

In 1908, when in the glory ofhis

rule as boss of the House, Mr. Can

non looked toward the republican

nomination for the presidency.

When leaders proposed that he

take second place on the ticket, he

refused emphatically.


The old warrior’s love for chil

dren was greater than his love for

cigars . He once told a friend thatof the multitude of cartoons,friendly and Vicious

,the one he

liked best pictured him as a babyin swaddling clothes

,with the

Lincoln - like fringe on his face,and

the cigar in his mouth pointingSkyward . The original of this car

toon ,with many others presented

to him by cartoonist friends, hungon thewall ofhis study atDanville.

Last Years at Home

M r . Cannon spent the latter

years of his life leisurely at hi s

home at Danville,I ll.

,where he

was a familiar figure upon the

streets . He made daily Visits tothe Second National bank which

became known as g the Cannon

bank,

”and alsof /

attended the

weekly dinners of the Kiwanis

club . And almost to the end he

smoked his big black cigars .

Mr. Cannon came to accept the

affectionate designation“Uncle

Joe ”as his very own

,but when

asked about its origin ,said he did

not know how it came about .

I was quite well known fromcoast to coast as Uncle Joe

,and

also in Europe,”he said

,

“but it

remain ed for a little girl in my own

home town to tell me I was no

uncle of hers .

”

The denial of relationship was

made by a telephone operator . M r .

Cannon had put in a call forWash

ington from the home ofhis son—in

law,Ernest Leseure

,but told the

operator“charge it to Uncle Joe.

”

No Uncle of Hello G irl

I can’t help it _

it you are UncleJoe

,Mr . Cannon said the opera

1 19

tor replied, you are no uncle ofmine and you

’ll have to get

Mr. LeSeure’s O . K . to this call

before it goes through .

”

Mr . Cannon’s decline in Vigor

and health began with an accidentshortly after his retirement fromCongress . While in the basementof his home he fell on a coal pileand suffered a fracture of the rightarm . The break mended

,but he

always guarded the member withcare

,and when greeting friends

offered his right elbow or left hand .

Lik ed to Listen In ”

In his retirement,the radio aided

M r . Cannon to span the distance

between his home andWashington ,

the scene of so much of his life’sactivity . He often discussed

,in his

gossip with friends, men and events

of 30 and 40 years and even half acentury before; but when recent

world and national events were

spoken of,he either was silent or

turned the conversation to a par

allel case of years gone by.

An ivy- covered M ethodist

church opposite his home was a

source of consolation to Uncle Joeduring his declining years . He

often recalled the time,more than

25 years before, when his wife, whodied several years ago , planted

the ivy .

Uncle Joe entered politics as a

candidate for state’s attorney when

he lived at Tuscola,a little town

in Vermilion county;and beforehis long term in Congress ended, it

was said that four generations of

voters of many families in the

country had cast their ballots

for him .


CUESTIONARIO

1 . Does the title tell fully what happened ? 2 . G ive in the

words of the writer the answer to the following questions : Who ?What ? Where ? How ? 3. Is the question why partially answered

4 . Could one stop reading at the end of any paragraph and still

feel that the account was complete ? 5 . What details are added

by the later paragraphs 6. Can you tell whether the writer is aDemocrat or a Republican 7 . Does the writer bring himself in tothe account at all ? 8 . Does this article appeal to one

’

s feelingsas well as to the intellect ? 9 . Judging from the article

,what kind

of a man do you judge“Uncle Joe

”to have been ? 10 . Is his

personality well brought out ? 11 . Do you think he lived a happylife ? 12 . Does the writer speculate on his probable abode afterdeath ? 13. Would such a speculation be appropriate for an Asso

ciated Press report ? Justify your answer . 14 . Do you notice the

use of small letters where you might expect capitals ? 15 . Are the

sentences unduly short ? 16. Is there ‘

much ornamentation in the

style ? 17 . Is the matter clear ? 18 . Did you find this article

easier or more difficult than previous ones ? 19 . To what do youjudge this to be due ?

FROZEN WORDS

We were separated by a storm in the latitude of seventythree, insomuch

,that only the ship which I was in

, with a

Dutch and French vessel , got safe into a creek ofNova Zem

bla . We landed in order to refit our vessels and store our

selves with provisions . The crew of each vessel made a

cabin of turf and wood, at some distance from the others,to

fence themselves against the inclemencies of the weather,which was severe beyond imagination .

.We soon observed that in talking to one another we lostseveral of our words , and could not hear one another at

above two yard’s distance , and that too when we sat very


to hear every man talking, and see no man opening hi s

mouth . In the midst of this great surprise we were all in,

we heard a“

volley of oaths and curses,lasting for a long

time,and uttered in a very hoarse voice

,whi ch I knew be

longed to the boatswain, who was a very choleric fellow,

and had taken his opportunity of cursing and swearing at

me,when he thought I could not hear him .

When this confusion of voices was pretty well over, though

I was afraid to offer at speak ing , as fearing I could not be

heard,I proposed a Visit to the Dutch cabin , which lay about

a mile farther up in the country . My crew were greatlyrejoiced to find they had again recovered their hearing,though every man uttered his voice with the same appre

hension that I had done .

We at length arrived at the little Dutch settlement;

and,upon entering the room

,found it filled with sighs that

smelt of brandy, and several other unsavory sounds , that

were altogether inarticulate . My valet,who was an Irish

man,fell into so great a rage at what he heard, that he drew

his sword; but not knowing where to lay the blame, he put

it up again . We were stunned with these confused noises,

but did not hear a single word until about half an hour

after;this phenomenon I ascribed to the harsh and obduratesounds of that language, which wanted more time thanours to melt and become audible .

After having met with a hearty welcome, we went to the

cabin of the French, who, to make amends for their three

weeks’ silence, were talking and disputing with greater

rapidity and confusion than I ever heard in an assembly,

even of that nation . Their language, as I found, upon thefirst giving of the weather, fell asunder and dissolved .

JosnPH ADDISON


CUESTIONARIO

1 . During what season of the year did the vessels reach NovaZembla ? 2 . Where is Nova Zembla ? 3. What does the first

paragraph tell ? 4 . What one central fact is related in the second

paragraph ? 5 . What is the central thought of the third para

graph ? 6. Would you call this selection a short story ormerely a

descriptive passage ? 7 . What is the one main episode of the selec

tion ? 8 . Is it well told ? 9 . Is it logically developed ? 10 . Is it

concluswe ? 1 1 . Is there any hum-or displayed ? 12 . D oes it

appeal to the emotions at all ?

DON’T G IVE UP

If you’ve tried and have not won ,

Never stop for crying;

All that’

s great and good is done

_ JJust by patient trying .

Though the sturdy oak has known

M any a blast that bowed her,

She has risen again and grown

Loftier and prouder .

If by easy work you beat,Who the more will prize you ?

G aining victory from defeatThat’s the test that tries you .

PHOEBE CARY

THE WIND AND THE MOON

Said the Wind to the M oon,

“ I will blow you out.

You stare in the air

Like a ghost in a chair,

Always looking what I am about .

I hate to be watched;I will blow you out .

124 ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READ ER

The Wind blew hard, and out went the Moon .

So deep on a heapOi clouds to sleep

Down lay the Wind, and slumbered soon,

Muttering low,

“I’ve done for that Moon .

He turned in his bed;she was there again .

On high in the sky,

With her one ghost eye,

The Moon shone white and alive and plain .

Said the Wind,“I will blow you out again .

The Wind blew hard,and the Moon grew dim .

“With my sledge and my wedge

I have knocked off her edge.

If only I blow right fierce and grim ,

The creature will soon be dimm er than dim .

He blew and he blew,and she thinned to a thread;

“One puff more

’s enough

To blow her to snuff!One good puff more where the last was bred,And glimmer

, glimmer, glum, will go the thread .

He blew a great blast, and the thread was gone;In the air nowhereWas a moonbeam bare;

Far off and harmless the shy stars shone;Sure and certain the M oon was gone!

The Wind he took up his revels once more;

On down ,in town ,

Like a merry mad clown,

He leaped and,hallooed with whistle and roar.

“What’s that ? ” The glimmering thread once more.


Fear not each sudden sound and shock,

’Tis of the wave, and not the rock;’Tis but the flapping of the sail ,And not a rent made by the gale!In spite of rock and tempest

’

s roar,

In spite of false lights on the shore,Sail on ,

nor fear to breast the sea!Our hearts, our hopes are all with thee :Our hearts, our hopes , our prayer,

1 our tears,

Our faith triumphant o’er our fears

,

Are all with thee, are all with thee!HENRY W . LONGFELLOW

WHEN ICICLES HANG BY THE WALL

When icicles hang by the wall,And Dick the shepherd blows his nail,

And Tom bears logs into the hall,

And milk comes frozen in the pail,

When blood is nipped, and ways be foul,Then nightly sings the staring owl

,

To- who;

To -whit, to

-who,a merry note .

When all aloud the wind doth blow,

And coughing drowns the parson’

s saw,

And birds sit brooding in the snow,

And M arian’s nose looks red and raw,

When roasted crabs hiss in the bowl,

Then nightly sings the staring owl,

To-who;

To-whit,to—who, a merry note .

WILLIAM SHAKESPEAR E


DAFFODILS

I wandered lonely as a cloudThat floats on high o

’

er vales and hills,

When all at once I saw a crowd,

A host of golden daffodils;Beside the lake

,beneath the trees

,

Fluttering and dancing in the breeze.

Continuous as the stars that shineAnd twinkle on the milky

—way,

They stretched in never- ending lineAlong. the margin of the bay :

Ten thousand saw I at a glance,

Tossing their heads in sprightly dance.

The waves beside them danced, but theyOutdid the sparkling waves in glee :

A poet could not but be gay,

In such a jocund company;

I gazed and gazed but little thoughtWhat wealth the show to me had brought.

For oft, when on my couch I lieIn vacant or in pensive mood

,

They flash upon my inward eye

Which is the bliss of solitude;

And then my heart with pleasure fills ,And dances with the daffodils .

127

WILLIAM WORDSWORTH

AN ANGLO- SAXON ’S PRAYER

Almighty G od, I come not to Thy feet,Like Magdaline, forgiveness to entreat .

I come to Thee proudly, for Thy SonCalled me His brother

,Great Eternal One.


I do not ask that Thou shouldst steer my bark ;

I am Thy son,and I fear not the dark .

What though I fail and ne’er reach yonder shore ?

I pulled the oar my best; life holds no more .

M ine is the task ,from Thee to me was given;

Faithful I steer my craft through life’s oblivion .

Work of Thy hand, Thou knowest my faults and strength;

Confident I work towards Thee, Victor at length .

Slaves at their master’s feet grovel and weep,

And in the danger hour watch not, but sleep.

Yea,but the M aster

’s Son

,strong for the race

,

Boldly He draweth near,taking His place .

Calmly the Master’s Son doeth His work;

Naught of paternal fear in Him doth lurk .

So in the dust, my G od, I do not hide;

Trusting, I take my place close to His side .

SELECTED

WOMAN’S WILL

Men,dying, make their wills, but wives

Escape a work so sad;

Why should they make what all their livesThe gentle dames have had ?

JOHN G ODFREY SAXE

RIDDLE

Ten fish I caught without an eye,

And nine without a tail;Six had no head, and half of eightI weighed upon the scale .

Now who can tell me, as I ask it,

How many fish were in my basket ?

ANom rous


LIMERICK

There was a young lady named HannahWho slipped on a peel of banana;

M ore stars she spied,

As she lay on her side,

Than are found in the Star Spangled Banner.

AN ONYMOUS

TONGUE TWISTER

Sudden swallows swiftly skinnn ing,

Sunset’s slowly spreading shade,

Silvery songsters sweetly singing,

Summer’

s soothing serenade .

ANONYMOUS

TONGUE TWISTER

Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers;

A peek of pickled peppers Peter Piper picked;

If Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers,Where’s the peek of pickled peppers Peter Piper picked ?

ANONYMOUS

APENDICE

REGLA I .

— Por regla general, los verbos ingleses forman la

interrogacién y la negacién en el pretérito por medio del auxiliar

did y el infinitivo del verbo

Did Jack build the house ? 3 Construyo’ Juan la casa ?

Yes , Jack built the house. S i,J uan construyé la casa .

N0 , Jack did not bui ld the house. N0, J nan no construyo

’

la casa .

REGLA II . Para expresar an 0 una en inglés, se usa a delante

de las palabras que comienzan por consonante, y an delante de las

Que comien zan por vocal

REGLA I II . Por regla general, los verbos ingleses forman

lainterrogacién y la negacién emel presente pormedio de do (does

en la tercera persona singular) y el infinitivo del verbo :

Does the old woman buy a pig ? (3Compra la anciana un cerdo ?

Yes , she buys a pig. Si,compm uh cerdo.

No, she does not buy a pig. No,no comp mun cerdo.

REGLA IV .

-Los verbos ingleses, con raras excepciones , for

man la tercera persona del singular del presente agregando- s 0

—es al infinitivo . Las otras personas conservan la forma invariable

del infinitivo . Debido a que los verbos carecen de terminaciones

distintas para indicar la persona, los pronombres I , you , he, she,it,we, you y they no se omiten nunca salvo cuando se emplea otrosujeto :

I buy a house. Compro una casa .

We go to market. Vamos al mercado.

He buys a house. Comp muna casa .

She goes to market Va al mereado.

132 APENDICE

REGLA V . El plural de los sustantivos se forma como sigue

1 . Regularmente se agrega una - s al singular :

bear, bears; cot, cots; lak e, lakes; cape, capes .

2 . Los que terminan en—ss ,

—ch ,— sh,

—x, u otra consonante

que no se liga facilmente con la —s , agregan—es al singular :

kiss , kisses;wish , wishes ; box, boxes .

3. Los que terminan en —f o —fe generalmente cambian la - f o

—te en“

—ves :

half, halves; 1ife, lives;wife, wives .

4 . Los que terminan en—y precedida de consonante cambian la

-

y en— 1es :

body, bodies; city, cities; lady, ladies .

5.Los que terminan eu—y precedida de vocal agregan una

boy, boys; toy, toys ;k ey, k eys ; day, days .

6. Algunos forman su plural irregularmente :

man , men;woman , women ;hangman , hangmen .

REGLA VI . 1 . Con los verbos auxiliares can , may, ought

y must, y con el verbo to be, se forma la interrogacmn como en

espafiol, y la negacién con la particula not, que sigue al verbo

Can you swim ? g Sabe Vd. nadar ?

M ay I help you ? g Puedo ayudarle ?

Are elephants large ? Son grandes los elefantes ?

M arymust not leave . Maria no debe partir.

That house is not white. Aquella casa no es blanca .

2 . Si se emplea un pronombre interrogativo como su jeto,who, which, what, se hace la interrogacién lo mismo que en

espafiol :

Who came ih ? gQuz’

e’

n entré ?

Which bear slept in the little bed ? 3Que oso dormia en la coma pe

que'ha ?

Which one found G olden Lock s ? g Cadl encontroa Golden Locks ?

What fell ? 3Qué se cayo1°

134 APENDICE

4 . Los de mats de una silaba obedecen la misma regla solamentecuando llevan el acento t6nico en la tiltima silaba :

begin , beginning (comenzar, comenzand o) forget, forgetting (alotdar

,olvidando); travel, traveling (mlajar, m

’

ajando) .

REGLA IX. 1 . El imperfecto espafiol equivale al continua

tiyo inglés , 0 sea al pretérito del verbo to be (was 0 were) y el

gerundio del verbo prin cipal :

Jack was building the house. Jnan construiu la casa .

Theywere not chasing the cat. No persegutan al gato.

REGLA X. 1 . El pretérito perfecto se forma por medio del

verbo auxiliar have (has en la tercera persona singular) y el

participio pasivo del verbo principal :

I have burned the stick . He quemado el palo.

The maid has milk ed the cow. La criada ha ordefiado la vaca .

We have bui lt a house. Hemos construtdo una casa .

They have eaten . Han comtdo.

2 . Para formar oraciones interrogativas con el pretérito per

fecto, se coloca el su jeto entre el auxiliar y el participio pasivo.

Las oraciones negativas se forman en este tiempo colocando el

adverbio not después del verbo auxiliar :

Have you burned the stick ? gHa quemado Vd. el polo ?

Has the maid milk ed the cow ? gHa ordehado la oaca la criada ?

They have not eaten . No han comido.

REGLA XI . 1 . Los participios pasivos de los verbos regulares

se forman agregando—ed al infinitivo

burn , burned (quemar, quemado); love, loved (querer, quem'

do) .

REGLA'XII . 1 . El futuro se forma con el infinitivo prece

dido, en la primera persona , por el auxiliar shall , y en la segunda

y la tercera, por el auxiliar will :

SINGULAR PLURALI shall go,we we shall go, iremos

you will go, ircis you will go, iréis

he will go, él 72rd they will go, ircin

she will go, ella irci [you will go, Vd (s .) ird (n) ]

APENDICE 135

2 . El tiempo condicional se forma con el infinitivo precedido,

en la primera persona , por el verbo auxiliar should, y en la segunda

y la tercera, por el auxiliar will :

SIN GULAR PLURAL

I should go, yo trta we should go, triamos

you would go, tries you would go, irias

he woul d go, irtas they would go, irian

she would go, ella irta [you would go, Vd (s . ) irta (n ) ]

3. Como eh'

todas las formas verbales compuestas de verbo

auxiliar seguido de verbo principal sin la particula to, f6rmase

1a interrogacién colocando el sujeto entre el verbo auxiliar y el

verbo principal, y la negacidn colocando el adverbio not después

del verbo auxiliar :

Will he go ?

Would M ary go ?

W e shall not go.

REGLA XIII . Se indica el poseedor en inglés :

1 . Por medio del apéstrofo , si la palabra termina en 8

the bears’house , la casa de los 0 80 3;Jam es’ father, el padre de J(Lime.

2 . Por medio del apéstrofo y 8 , Si la palabra no termina en 8

the bear’s house, la casa del 0 30 ; the men’s elephant, cl elefante de

los hombres .

REGLA XIV . 1 . El grado comparativo de los adjetivoscortos se forma agregando

—er al grado positivo, y el superlativoagregando

—est al positivo :

long, longer, longest; largo, mds largo, el mds largo .

2 . Para formar el grado comparativo y el grado superlativode .los adjetivos largos, se antepone al positivo more y most

respectivamente

ancient, more ancient, most ancient; antiguo, mds antiguo, el mds

136 APENDICE

REGLA XV . 1 . La comparacmn de igualdad se expresa en

inglés con el adjetivo positivo precedido del adverbio as, si la

comparacién es afirmativa, y por so, si es negativa . Eu ambos

casos se antepone as al segundo término de la comparacién :

Golden Lock s was as good as Jack. Golden Locks era tan buena coma

Jnan .

De Soto was not so old as Ponce de De S oto no tenta tantos anos coma

Leon . Ponce de Leén i

2 . La comparac1on de desigualdad se expresa con el adjetivocomparativo seguido de la particula than

The elephant is larger than the El elefante es mds grande que cl

owner. dueno.

He is larger than I thought. Es mds grande de lo que pen‘

saba .

3. Si la comparacion se hace de mas de dos cosas o dos indivi

duos , se emplea el adjetivo superlativo seguido de la particula oi‘

John is the tallest of all. J wan es el mds alto de todos .

4 . Se usa la particula in si la ultima frase no forma parte

verdadera de la comparacién :

John is the tallest boy in the J uan es el muchacho mds alto de la

class . close.

REGLA XVI . Los adjetivos y los pronombres posesivos concuerdan con el poseedor y no con la cosa poseida :

The father loves his son and his El padre qu iere a su hijo y a su

daughter. htja .

The daughter loves her father, and La. hija quiere a su padre, y el hijo

the son loves his mother. quiere a su madre.

The pig did not drink its milk . El cerdo no behid su leche.

REGLA XVII . Las reglas para la colocacién del adverbio

son como sigue :

1 . El adverbio debe colocarse de manera que diste lo menos

posible del verbo que modifica :

He promised to payme yesterday. Prometto pagarme ayer.

Yesterday, he promised to payme. Ayer prometiopagarme.

138 APENDICE

9 . Todo adverbio, con la excepcién de enough, precede al

adjetivo 0 al adverbio que modifica :

verywell, muy bien; too easily, demastado fdai lmente; good enough ,

bastante bueno .

10 . Una frase adverbial suele colocarse al final de la oracién,

'

pero puede ponerse al principio para darle énfasis a ésta :

I answered him quick ly in a playful Le contesté prontamente en broma .

manner.

I read the address before opening Let las senas antes de abrir el

the package. paquete.

Before opening the package , I read Antes de abrir el paquete, lei los

the address . sehas .

REGLA XVIII . 1 . Hablando de los sereswvivientes cuyo

sexo no se toma eu cuenta, como por ej emplo los n ifios recien

nacidos y los animales,se emplea

'

el pronombre neutro it [plural

they (them)] de la misma manera que se usa para las cosas

inanimadas :

The baby is pretty; it plays all day La criatura es bonito ; juega todo

with its toes . el dia con sus dedos .

The cat is playful; it is never still. El gato os jugueton ; nunca estet

quieto.

2 . Si hay nombre especial que indica el sexo del animal, se

emplea el pronombre he (him ) 0 she (her) segun el sexo .

The cow gives milk ;she is useful. La vaca da leche; es zttil.

The bull is old;I am not afraid of El toro es wiejo; no te tengo miedo.

3. Hablando de los animales muy grandes , se empleahe (him)en sentido general :

The elephant is not blind;he is El elefante no es ciego; esté enojado.

angry.

4. Eh la poesia se personifican‘

a menudo las cosas inanimadas,

dandoles el sexo masculino a las cosas que sugieren fuerza , podero Violencia

, y el femenino a las que sugieren belleza, paz o dulzura .

APENDICE 139

REGLAB

XIX. 1 . La voz pasiva se forma en inglés con el

verbo auxiliar to be y el participio pasivo del verbo pr1n01pal.

El participio es invariable en todo tiempo y persona :

The soup is prepared by the bears . La sopa es preparada por los osos .

The house was built by Jack. La casa fue’

constrwida par J nan .

2 . El refiexivo espafiol, usado en vez de la voz pasiva, se traduce

al'

inglés mediante la verdadera voz pasiva .

Apples are sold by the dozen . Las manzanas se venden par docena .

The cak es were burned up Las tortas se quemaron .

REGLA XX .

—_

Muchos verbos que en espafiol son refiexivos

se expresan en inglés por medio de verbo compuesto , 0 sea verbo

y adverbio :

marcha'

rse, to go away; ponerse, to put oh ; sentarse, to sit down .

REGLA XXI .

'

1 . El pronombre personal tiene la misma

forma cuando se emplea como complemento directo o indirecto .

En ambos casos sigue al verbo, pero cuando se usa como complemento indirecto va precedido de la preposicién to

I see him. Le veo. I talk to him . Le hablo.

Nota : La particula to se omite si el pronombre va delante de um

sustantivo usado como complemento directo :

G eorge’s father gave him a new El Padre de J orge

‘

le dio’

una hachz’

ta

hatchet. nueva .

2 .

- Cuando se emplean los dos en la misma oracion , el directo

precede al indirecto :

They gave it to me. M e lo dieron .

We gave it to her. Se lo damos a ella .

3. Usado como objeto de preposic1on ,el pronombre tiene

forma igual a la usada como complemento de verbo

I came With him . Vine con él.

He did it forme. Lo hizo para mi .

140'

APENDICE

4 . Los pronombres refiexivos obedecen las mi smas reglas decolocacic

’

mque los otros pronombres complementos :

John sees himself in the mirror. Juan se ve eh el espejo.

Mary talk s to herself. M aria se hablo a si .

They did it for themselves . Lo hicieron para 81.

5 . En resumen ,la colocaci6n de los pronombres complementos

es la misma que el sustantivo que reemplazan

We see M ary. Vemos'

a M aria .

W e see her. La vemos .

I am afrai d of the elephant. Tengo miedo al elefante.

I am afrai d of him. Le tengo miedo.

Nota : Hay una excepcién notable a esta regla . En los verbos

compuestos el sustantivo complemento sigue al adverbio, pero el

pronombre complemento sigue al verbo :

She ate up the soup. Ella se comio’

la sopa .

She ate it up. Ella se la comié.

REGLA XXII . 1 . Los pronombres relativos who (sujeto) ,whose (posesivo) y whom (complemento) se refieren solamente a

personas :

Franklin was the boy Who ate the Franklin fue el muchacho que se

the bread . comié cl pan .

Sir Walter Raleigh, whose gallant S ir Walter Raleigh, cuyos actos cor

deeds made him a knight, was teses le hicz'

eron caballero, fue

sent to America. mandado a America .

Washington , whom all Americans s hington ,a quien aman todos

love, was buried at M oun t los americanos, fue

’

enterrado eu

Vernon . M ount Vernon .

2 . Which, que se refiere igualmente a animales,cosas 0 ideas

,

es invariable en la forma :

The oldwoman bought apig,which La m’

eja comproun cerdo,el que no

would not go over the stile. quiso pasar ol portillo.

The cloak which I have is new. La capa que tengo es nueva .

3. That puede reemplazar who, whom 0 which si se quiere que

la referencia sea mas definitiva :

142 APENDICE

2 . No se usa con los sustantivos usados en sentido general

G irls love flowers . Los nthas aman los flares .

3. No se usa con los sustantivos abstractos :

Patience is a virtue. La paciencia es una virtud .

No se usa con titulos :

M r. Lincoln ;Dr. Franklin;G eneral Washington;el senor Lincoln;

el doctor Franklin ; el general Wcishington

5 . No se usa con expresiones de tiempo

lastweek , to semana pasada; next year, el (171 0 que viene; on Sunday,

el domingo; in summ er, durante el verano .

6. No se usa con los nombres de los paises o'

nombres

geograficos :

centralAsia, elAsia central; southern Spain, la Espana meridional;

Peru, el-Per

'

n; Canada, el Canada.


America

- 146 ELEMENTARY ENGLISH READER

The Star - Spangled Banner

(Continued)


The Star- Spangled Banner

(Continued)

gave proof throu ight that ou flag was

In full glo -

‘

ry ct ed now shines on


Busy Children

chick ens

peach es

bet ter whenwehave


In the Days ofWashington


In the Days ofWashington

(Continued)


Jack Frost


The Shoemaker

Moderate

Solo or Duet

NOTAS AL VOCABULARIO

Este vocabulario comprende todos los vocablos ingleses usados en

el texto,cada uno con su correspondiente equivalente espafiol. Ten

gase presente que el orden alfabético inglés es como sigue : a , b , c,

da e : f, g, h : i, ia k ) 1, m : n : 0 1 p, q: I’

, S , t, u s V , W ’ X, Y, 2 ° NO S8 con “

sideran como letras sueltas las siguientes : eh , 11, rr. Por ejemplo,chain sigue a certification y no a czarlik e. De la misma manera

Holland se encuentra entre holiday y holy. Los vocablos compuestos

cuyas partes estan separadas por guién se consideran como palabras

independientes . Por ejemplo, to- day sigue a to y no a tobacco.

Los verbos regulares ingleses estan designados por la abreviatura

mx, que quiere decir que forman su pretérito y su participio pasivo

agregando—ed ~

ai infinitivo . Los verbos irregulares llevan tras si,

entre paréntesis , las dos finicas irregularidades, 0 sea el pretérito y

el participio pasivo . Para facilitar el uso del texto en clases que no

hayan empleado el Primer Curso de I h yles, se incluye em el vocabulario

toda forma irregular. Los equivalentes espafioles de los modismos

ingleses se hallan ,buscando el verbo, si 10 hay, y si no hay verbo em

el modismo,la palabra prin cipal de la frase . También se catalogan

los modismos de la primera parte del libro bajo dos o mas formas en

beneficio de los alumnos de clases elementales . Una raya indica la

repeticién de la palabra de que se trata, y unos puntos suspensivos

indican la omisién de la parte de la frase que no ofrezca dificultades .

La pronunciacién de cada vocablo inglés esta indicada por medio

de los signos ortograficos , cuya clave se encuentra eu el parrafo 1 , pé

gina 1 del libro .

_

En los pocos casos en donde ha sido imposible indi

car la pronunciacién por medio de los signos ortograficos se ha utilizadoun recurso ortolégico para indicar la pronunciacién ,

redeletreando

la palabra de modo figurado entre paréntesis cuadrados . Por supuesto,

tales formas (que se hallan inp‘

resas eu tipo claro) no deben ser con

sideradas como voces verdaderas . La t entre paréntesis cuadrados

quiere decir que la (1 final suena como t (oe’

ase el pdrrafoTodas las vocales (también las consonantes c y g llevan signo

ortografico salvo en los casos siguientes .

155

156 NOTAS AL VOCABULARIO

(1 ) Los diptongos : ew, ow, ou , oi, oy (véase el pcirrafo

(2) Las siguientes particulas de pronunciacién irregular : —”

tion ,—sion,

- tur delante de vocal, le (d) precedida de consonante, 11g al, final!de

silaba,ci y ti delante de vocal. Hay que estudiar bien el parrafo 16

(paginas 13— 15) para dominar estas particulas , pues su empleo es tan

frecuente que una pronunciacién figurada resultaria -confusa .

El acento grafico se indi ca por medio del signo que sigue a la sflaba

que debe acentuarse .

Las siguientes abrewaturas se usan en este vocabulario :

a .,adjetivo pp .

, participio pasivo

adv.,adverbio pres .

,tiempo presente

art,articulo pret , tiempo pretérito

comp , grado comparativo pron , pronombre

cond .

,tiempo condicional refi.

,reflexivo

conj .

, conjuncién s .,sustantivo

fut , tiempo futuro sing .

, singular

interj ,interjeccién sup , grado superlativo

ph, plural 1m, verbo regular

158 VOCABULARIO

5ddi’tion , s .

,adicidn; in o

ademas

5ddi’

tional, a .,adicional

5ddr6ss’

, s .,discurso, inemorial

5d’équ5te, a .

,adecuado 5g

5dhér’6nt, s .

,adherente

, parti

dario

5dj1‘

ist’

, mt , ajustar, amoldar

5dmfi str5’tive, a .

,administrativo

5dmit’, wt , admitir, recibir,con

ceder

ad6pt'

, on ,adoptar

ad6p’tion , s .

,adOpcién

5dv5n’t5ge , s .

,ventaja;to, con

provecho;to t5ke oi , aprove

charse (de)5d

’vérs5ry, s .

,adversario

5dvige’

, s .,consejo

5ff5ir’

, s .

,asunto, negocio; how

sténd, el verdadero estado

de cosas

5fféct’

, mx, influir, obrar

5ffée’tion5te, a .

,carifioso, afee

tuoso

5ffili5’tion , s .

,afiliacion

,adop

ci6n

5ffr5y’

, s .

,riha, refriega

afraid’, a . , temeroso; to be

tener miedo

5f’tér, prep ,

después de; conj .

,

después que

5f’térw5rds, ode

,después; év

’ér

para siempre

again adv.,otra vez , de

nuevo

against prep , contra

5ge, s .

, edad; 61d vejez;M id’dle Edad Media

5’

géngy, s .,agencia .Q

5g’

grég5te, a .,agregado, juntado

5’

git5te , mx, agitar; discutir

ag6’

, ado. , hace, ha;a16ng time

hace muchos afios;'

many

[men’

y] years hace muchos

anos

agrée'

,mx

,acceder, cons entir

agrée’mént, s .

, acuerdo, concordia

5grieiil’

tural, a .

,agricola; im’

pléménts , aperos de labranza5gricfil

’

ture, s .

, agricultura

5id, mx, ayu dar, socorrer

5im , s .

,mira

,fin

,objeto

5ir, s .

,aire

5ir’

pl5n e , s .

,aeroplano

air’

y, a .

,aéreo; trivial

Alés’ka, AlaskaAl

’

dén , J6hn (1599 uno de

los peregrinosV

Al’fréd, Alfredo; the"

Great,Alfredo M agno (849 rey

inglés

alive’

, a .

,Vivo

,Vivien-te; activo

all, a .

, todo; ada,enteramente;

pron ,todo

,todos; ét eu

modo alguno

él16t’

, ma, distribuir , asignar

éllow’

, bin, permitir; asignar

Al’ma M 5’tér, s .

,la un iversidad

donde uno se ha graduado

almight’

y, s .

,omnipotente, todo

poderoso

al’m6st, ada , casi

alene’

, a . y ada,solo, solamente

aleng’

, prep ,a lo largo de

aloud’

, adv.

, alto,en alta voz ,

recio

alréad’

y, adv., ya

adv.,también

alth6ugh’

, conj .,aunque

altggéth’ér, adv.

,enteramente, en

juntoalfim’

nfis (pl. altim’

ni ) , s ., el que

VOCABULARIO

ha recib'ido su titulo en cualquter

universidad

al’wéys, ada ,

siempre

amass’

, vr .

,acumular

amaze’, vr . , asombrar, aturdir

5mbi’

tion , s .,ambicmn

,aspiracién

aménd’, s .

,recompensa; to m5k e

dar cumplida satisfaccidn

Amér’ica, AmericaAmér’iean , a . y s .

,americano

amid’

, prep ,entre

,eu medio de

5m’

nésty, s .

,indulto

,amnistia

among’

, prep ,entre (oam

'

os)im’

ple, a .

,bastante , amplio

amfise’mént, s .

,diversién ,

entre

tenimiento

5n , forma del articulo indeter

mtnado usado delante de palabra

que principio por jvocal, un ,una

5n’eh5r, s .

,ancla

5n’ciént, a .

,anciano

,antiguo

5nd, conj .

, y

An’

gl6- S5x’6n , anglosajén

5u’

gry, a .

,enojado

,enfadado

5n’

guish , s .

,ansia

,dolor

5n’imal,

'

82animal

Annép’6lis ,

'

nombre de una ciudad,

capital de M 5’ryland

mx,anexar

5nniyér’sary, s .

,aniversario

5nnounge’

, on ,notificar

,avisar

5nn oy’

, molestar,incomodar

5n’

m‘

151, a . anual

an6n’

ymous , a .,anénimo

5n6th’ér, a . y pron , ”

otro; one

[wi n] entre si (varios) , losunos a los otros

5n’swér, ma , contestar, respuesta;s .

,respuesta, contestacién

in tég’6nist, s .

,antagonista

5nti - s6’

cial, antisocial

V

aIi

159

5h vil, s .

, yunque

5nx’iofis , a .

,ansioso

any a . y pron , cualquiera;— thing, cualquier cosa

,algo

A. P . , abreoiatum de Assé’ciétédPréss

ap5rt’

, adv.

,a un lado

,separada

mente; f5r lejos el uno del

otro

Appal5ch’ian , Apalaches

5pp5r’ént1y, adu ,

al parecer

5ppéal’

, s .,apelacién; mm, llamar

la atencién; ser atractivo

5ppéar’

, aparecer, asistir

5ppéar’ange , s .

,aparicién ,

llegad'

a,

apariencia

5p’

ple , s .

,manzana

5pply’

, on ,aplicar, dar

5ppoint’

, 1m ,nombrar

5ppoint’mént, s .

, cita

5ppré’ci5te , ma, apreciar, estimar

5ppréhén’sion , s .

,aprehensién ,

temor

5ppr6ach’ing, a .

, pr6ximo, cercano

5ppr6’

pri5te , a .,apropiado, per

tinente

5pt, a .,listo

,inclinado

5rchitée’ture , s .

,arquitectura

Arc’tic , Artico5r

’d6r, s .

,ardor

,fervor

5r’

g1'

1e , on ,arguir, disputar

5r’

gfim6nt, s .

,argumento

arise' (ar6se’

, levantarse,

aparecer

arith’metic

'

, s .,aritmética

5rm , s .

,brazo

5rmed, a .,armado

5rm s, s .,armas; servicio militar,

guerra

5r’my, s .

,ejército

ar6se’, pret. dc toarise’

160 VOCABULARIO

around’

, prep ,alrededor de

aroused’, a .,excitado, movido

57r5nge’

, 072,arreglar, poner en

orden

5n 5y’

, s .

,orden (de batalla )

5rrést’

, 1m ,detener, reprimir

5rriv’al, s .

,llegada

5rrive’

, em ,llegar

5r’

r6w, s .,fiecha

5rt, s .

,arte

5r’ticle , s .

,articulo

és, conj .

,como

,tan , asi, tam

bien

éscénd mg, a .,ascendiente

éscribe'

, ma, atribuir

ésh’és, s .

,cenizas;nsose general

mente en plural

ash6re’

, ado.

,en tierra; to go

desembarcar

aside’

, adv.

,al lado, aparte; sét

destinado

ask , 072 , preguntar; rogar, pedir;

tg about'

, preguntar por o

tocante a; to f6r, pedir,

solicitar

asléep’

, a .

, dormido; to falldormirse

, quedarse dormido;

fast profundamente dor

mido

5s’

péct, s .,aspecto, fase

éssail'

, wt , acometer, asaltar

éssés’sinéte , 072 , asesin ar

éssém’bl

‘

y, s .

, asamblea,conven

ci6n

5s’sét, s .

, haber, propiedad, valor

5ssign’

, on ,fijar, sefialar

éssist’

, mx, ayudar

5ss6’ci5te, s .

,asociado, socio

Asse’ciatéd Préss , Prensa Aso

ciada, agencia mundial para la

distribucz'

on de noticias

atencién ,

atractivo,

mira

hala

55t6n’ishing, a .

,asombroso, pas

moso

asfin’dér, ado.

,en dos

,eu pedazos

5t, prep ,en (sin movimiento)

5te , pret. dc to, eat

5thlét’ic, a .

,atlético

, gimnastico

5th16t’ies , s .

, gimnasia, juegosatléticos

Atlén’

tie, Atlantico

a- trip’

ping, moviendo los pies con

ritmo

5tt5in’

, mx, lograr, ganar

5ttémpt’

, on ,intentar

, procurar

5tténd’

, 1m , asistir a, concurrir a;

cuidar

5tt6n’tion , s .

,

miento, cuidado

5ttén’tive, a .

,atento

, cuidadoso

5t’

titfide, s .,actitud

5tt6r’ney, s .

, abogado; states

fiscal (de un estado o de dtstm’

to

judicial)5ttr5e

’tive , a . ,

giiefio

au’dible, a .

,oible

, perceptible

au’diénge , s .

,auditorio

, d ntes

Aug’i‘

ist, agosto

au’

th6r, s .

,autor

auth6r’ity, s .

,autoridad

azit6m6’b

‘

ile (o s .,

automévil

5v’ér5ge, s .

, promedio; a medio,

tipico

ave'

rt'

, 1m ,impedir, prevenir

awéit’

, mx, aguardar , esperar

aw5y’

, ada,

ausente, lejos;fr6m, fuera de, lejos de;with sfich tn

‘

im’

péry, fuera deaqui con estos cachivaches

awhi le’

, ada , un rato; once

[wfins] in de vez en cuando

VOCABULARIO

bél6v'6d, a .

,amado, querido

bénd (bént, bént) , doblar, en

corvar

beneath’

, adv. y prep ,bajo, debajo

de

bér'ry, s .

,baya, grano

beseech’

suplicar, implorar

beside’

, prep ,al lado de, cerca de

besides’, ada ,ademas

bést, superlativo de g66d y de

W611

betr5y’

,mm

,traicionar

bét’tér, comp . de gd

’

é d y de W611

bétwéen’

, prep ,entre (de dos)

béwil’

déring, a .

,aturdidor, per

turbador

béy6nd’

, prep ,fuera de

,sobre

,

mas alla de

bid (bi de , bid’dén ) , mandar

,

ordenar g

bid (bid, bid) , ofrecer,hacer una

oferta o licitacion; tg f5ir,

dar indicios de

big, a ., grande

bill, s ., proyecto de ley

bind (bound, bound) , atar, unir;

to 6p, vendar; to h5nd

5nd f66t, atar seguramente;

to togéth’ér, junt

bird, s .

,ave, pajaro; eye

view, vista de pajarobirth, s.

,nacimiento; gén

’tle

bien nacido

birth’d5y, s . , cumpleafios, nata

liciobit, s .

, pedazo, pedazito; a

un poco

bite , s .

,bocado

bite (bit, bit’tén ) , morder, picar

bléck , a .,negro

blém e , s . , culpa; tg léy th'

e’

echar la culpa

b15re , ma, sonar (coma trompeta)blast, s .

,ventarrén

bléak , a .

,desierto

,frio

blés’sing, s .

, beneficio, bendicién ,

prosperidad

blew [blu] , pret. dc to b16wblind, a .

,ciego; mi n , (el)

ciego

bliss , s .

, glorla, deleite

b16ck’h6ad, s .

,necio

, tonto, ao

quete

blood, s . sangre

bléod’shed, s . ,

matanza,efusién

de sangre

bl6w (blew [blu] , _bl6wn ) , soplar;

hacer sonar; to, awéy, apar

tar soplando; to in , intro

ducir alguna cosa soplando;

to out, apagar

b16w, s .

, golpe

blue a .

,azul

blue bird, s .

,azulejo

b6ard, s .

,junta

beast, mm, jactarsebéat, s .

,buque, barco

béat’swéin [o béat

’swain] ,

contramaestre

B6’

b6, nombre propio

s .

, cuerpo, coleccién ,agre

gado

b61d’ly, adv. ,

osadamente, gailar

damente

b6mb, s .

, bomba

b6‘

ob’

y, s . y a .,bobo

b6'

6k, s .

,libro

b6re , mu, cavar, taladrar

b6m , pp ,nacido; to be nacer

b6m e, pp. dc to beér; shi ll héve

habra aguantado

VOCABULARIO

b6r’76w, mx, pedir prestado

b6ss , s .

,jefe

,amo

, patrén , capa

taz

B6s't6n , capital de M és

’sachusetts

b6th , a .

,ambos los dos; conj .

,

tanto como,as1 como

b6ught, pret. y pp . de to buybound, pp . dc to bind; a .

,atado,

amarrado, destinado; f6r,

con destino a

bound, ma , deslindar, limitar

boun’dary, s .

,limite

,frontera

bout, s . ,turno

,lid

,contienda

bow, mx, inclinarse; doblar(se) ,encorvar

b6wl, s .

,taz6n (defuente) cuenca

,

cuenco;estadio universitario

b6x, s .,

caj a,

compartim iento;

ju’i'y tribuna del jurado

boy, s .

,muchacho nino

,varon

Boy Scout, escucha; miembro de

una . asociacio’

n mundial cuyo

objeto es educar a los ninos por

medio de juegos recreativos y

dtiles y actividades civiles

br5in , s .

,cerebro; juicio

branch , s .

,rama; ramo, sub

divisién

brén’dy, s .

,aguardiente, conac

br5ve, a . y s .

,valiente

br5ve’ly, ada ,

valientemente

Brazil’ian , brasilefio

breach , s .,infraccién

,violacién

bréad, s .

, pan

bre5k (br6ke, br6k’én ) , romper,

quebrar; tg all to pzecés,

hacer pedazos; tg down ,

hacer caer, destruir, perder la

salud; to ground, abrir la

trinchera, preparar el camino;

tg in’tg, penetrar, forzar;

163

to 1665 e, brotar, desatarse;tg out, estallar, brotar

bre5k , s .,rotura

bréast, s . , pecho; wh , acometer

de frentebréath, s .

,aliento

bréath’léss , a .

, desalentado , sin

aliento

bréd, pret. y pp . dc to breed

breed (bréd, bréd) , criar,engen

drar

breeze , s .

,brisa

,airecillo

bréth’

rén , forma antigua de breth’

'

érs, usada en la actualidad en

sentido religioso o patriotico

brick , s .

,ladrillo

bride , s .,novia

, desposada

bright, a .,luciente

,fiamante;

ilustre

bright-

plumed’

, a .

,adornado con

Vistosas plumas

bril’liant, a .

,brillante

,excelente

brim , s .,borde; hét ala (de

sombrero)bring (bréught, bréught) , traer,llevar; to about

’

, efectuar,causar; to béck , traer de

vuelta; to h6me, traer a

casa; to in , traer, recoger;

to out, exponer; to 6’ver,

traer de lej os (especialmente deultramar)

bring’

ér, s .

, portador

Brit’ish , a . y s . ,

britanico,britano

br6ad, a .,ancho

, pleno

bréad’east (bréad

’cast, br6ad

’

cast) , esparcir, diseminar (es

pecialmente por media del radio) ,periionear

br6ke, pret. de to, break

br6k’én , a .

, quebrado, roto

164 VOCABULARIO

br66d , 072 , cavilar, ruminar

broth’ér, s .

, hermano; colega

br6ught, pret. y pp ,do to bring

brown , a ., moreno

,castafio

briish, mx, acepillar, frotarbrusque [brfisk] , brusco

,rudo

brusqueness s .

,ru

dezabru

’

télly, odn ,brutalmente

bfick’le, s .

,hebilla

biid’dmg, a .

,naciente

build (built, built) , construir, edi

ficar, formar; to tip again

reconstruir; thé— ing,

la construccién

build’

ing , s .

,edificio

built, pret. y pp .,de to build; 5t e

be’ing estan construyéndose

bfil’

lét, s .

,bala (de fusil o de

reoéloer)bfin

’

dle, s .,110

,haz

,atado

, paquete

bfir’dén , s .

, carga, peso

bfir’

densome, a .

, pesado, oneroso

bureau s .

,cémoda; bu

fete; of [6V] édfic5’

tion ,

junta o departamento de ense

fianza

buried escondido, sepul

tado

Bfir’lington , nombre propio

bfirn , 072 , quemar,encender; to

to a crisp, achicharrar; to

down , consumirse, .quemarse;

théir‘

h —ing, que se quemaran

bfirnt, a .

, .quemado

Bfir’r6ughs, J6hn (1837

naturalista americano

burst (burst, burst) , reventar,

estallar

bfirst’ing, a .

,rebosante

,estallante

bury oh,enterrar

5

bds , s .

,6mnibus

busily adv., diligente

mente

business s . , asun to,

negocio, industria,

ocupacién;

tobe in dedicarse a los nego

cios;— like, metédico

,siste

matico;— men , hombres de

negocios; b ig aplicase este

nombre a las empresas comer

ciales o industriales que hacen

negocios en gran escala

busy a .

,ocupado

biit, conj ., pero, sino; ada

, sola

mente; I h5ve one [wim] ,no tengo mas que uno

butch’er, s .

, carnicero

buy (b6ught, beught) , comprar;

tQ iip, acaparar

buy’

ing, gerundio, el comprar, el

hacer compras

by, prep , por, para; al lado de

U

e5b’in , s .

,cabana

,choza; log

cabafia r1’

1 stica

c5b’inet, s .

, gabinete, ministerio

cake , s .

, pastelillo, tortita

€51if6r’nia, California

ca11, s .,llamada ° 5t a volun

tad; to put in a fer, pedir

a la telefonista que ponga. a uno

eh comunicacién con alguien;on ,

llamar; to éf’

ter, llamar a,

Vocear; to fer, requerir, exi

gir, ir por; to heme, hacer

volver a la casa; to ih , hacer

entrar,recoger; to t

‘

ip6u'

,

visitar, invocar, solicitar

called, a .

,llamado; he was

166 VOCABULARIO

ger'tainly, adv., seguramente

gettifice'tion , s ., certificado, certi

ficacidn

ch5in , s . , cadena, serie

dh56 g :a , sdfla

ch5ir’man (pl. chair

'men) , s . ,

presidente (de una junta )ch51

’lenge, D72 , desafiar, retar

ch5m’

pi6n , s .

,campeén

ch5m'

pi6nship, s .,campeonato

chénge, s .,oportunidad, ocasién ,

casuahdad

ch5p’ter, s .

,capitulo

chi r’aeter, s . , personaje;

racter; prin’

cipal protago

rfista

chéréicteris’tic, s .

, caracteristico

ch5rge , s .,cargo, custodia, man

dato; in of [ev] , encargadode;mx, cargar, poner en cuenta

cher’ity, s .

,caridad

ch5rm, s .,encanto

, gracia; or.,

encantar,atraer

chese , 1m, persegu ir, dar cazachi stise

’

, wt , castigar, reformar

chi t, s . , platica, conversacién;

wt,charlar

, platicar

cheap, a .,barato

,econémico

cheap'ly, ada

,a bajo precio;

barato

cheat’ing, s .

,engafio, trampa

check , s .,restriccién, freno, obs

tacuhicheek , sL, carrillo, mejillacheer, mx, alentar, alegrar; s .

,

alegria, animacién;grito;g66

alegria

cheer’ful, a ., alegre, animado

cheese, s . , queso

chem’istry, s .

, quimica

cher’ish, mx, apreciar, fomentar

cerezacher’ry, s .

,

cerezo

Chica’

g6, ciudad de Illinois’

chick'en, s . , pollo, polluelo

chief, s . y a .,jefe

, principal

chief ly, adv., prin cipalmente

chi ld (pl. chi l'dren ) , s .

,nifio

,

child’h66d, s . y a ., nifiez

,de in

fanciachi ld

’lik e , a ., pueril

chil’dren , pl. de child

chim’ney, s .

,cafién (de chimenea)

Chi’na, China

chiv’alry, s .

,caballeria

,caballero

sidad

choice, s .,eleccién , seleccién

ch6k e, 1m ,ahogar, estrangular

ch6l’eric, a .

, colérico

ch66se (ch6se, ch6’

sen ) , escoger,elegir

chris’ten, ma, bautizar, cristianar

chfirch , s .,iglesia; 5t en la

iglesia

gig51", s .

, puro, cigarro

gir’ele, s .

,circulo

gir’eiis , s .

,circo

,arena

gite, mu, citar, referirse a

cit'

y (ph, cit’ies) , s .

,ciudad; a . ,

'

municipal

civ’il, a .

,civil; War, guerra

civil entre los estados del Norte

y los del Sur de la Unten ameri

cana durante los anos 1861—1865

giviliz i’tion , s ., civilizacién

giv’ilized, a .

, civilizadoeléd, a . , vestido, cubierto; pp.

arcaico dc to cl6the

claim, ma, reclamar

clésh , s ., choque

class , s .

, clase

VOCABULARIO“

167

elét’tering, a . , martilleante, rui

doso

clean’liness , s ., aseo, limpieza

clear, ma, desmontar; a .,claro

,

evidente, francoclear

’est, sup. de clear

clear’ly, adv.

,claramente, evi

'

dentemente

click , 072 , sonar (uno o mds golpes

secos)cli

’mate , s .

, clima

cli’m5x, s .

, culminacién , colmo

climb, mx, trepar;to tip, subir

trepando

el6ak , s .,manto

,capa

cl6se , a . ,estrecho, unido; to,

cerca de,’

junto a by, cerca

cl6se, or., cerrar; concluir; s .

,

fin, conclusién

el6s’ing, a ., liltimcr

'

616th , s . , pafio, tela

el6t-hes, s .

,ropa, vestuario

el6th’ing, s ., vestido, ropa

cloud, s .,nube

clown , s .,bui én , payaso

clfib , s .,club

660 1, s ., carb6n de piedra

c6alesce’

,wt

, fundirse, unirsec6ast, s .

,costa

e6at, s .

,levita , casaca

e6b’bler, s .

, zapatero, remendénc6de, s .

, c6digo, reglamento

c6- edfic5’tion , s .

, coeducacidn

eég, s .

, diente (de rueda)c6- in

’

cident, a . concurrente

celd, a .,trio; it is (el tiempo) ,

hace frio; I 5m (estado del

cuerpo) , tengo frio;s .,resfriado;

to t5ke resfriarsee6l

’league , s . , colega, compafie

to, colaborador

c6lleet’

, mx, recoger

collec’tion , s .,

colecci6n, conjuntoc6l

’lege, s ., institucion de ense

nanza supertor€6lom’

bi5 , Coli

ombia

e6l’

6nist, s .

,colono

c616niz5’tion, ss .

, colonizacién

c6l6niz’er, s .

,colonizador

e6l’6ny, s .

,colonia

eol’

6r, s .

,color;

—s, pabellén

€6l6r5’d6, Colorado

e6lt, s .

, potro

€6lfim’bi5 , nombre de una uni

oersidad de la ciudad de Nueva

York

e6l’1‘

imn, s .

,columna; news

gacetilla

e6m’

b5t, s .

,combate

, lucha

e6mb°

m5’tion , s .

,

-

combinaci6n

e6mbined’

, a ., combinado

ceme (e5me, ceme) , venir; tg

5bout’

, originar, efectuar;to 5w5y

’

, separarse; to

b5ck , volver; to ih , intro

duc1rse to in’tg the w6rld,

venir al mundo,nacer; tg

near, acercarse; tg 6n , avan

zar,medrar; to out, salir;

to, to, ascender a, parar em;

tg to believe’

, llegar a creer;

to iip6n’

encontrarse con ,

dar con; i vaya!eem

’fert, s .

,comodidad, conve

niencia,cénfort

com’f6rt5ble , a .

,cémodo

c6mm5nd’er- in - chief’, s .

, genera

lisimo

e6mménd’5ble, loable, reco

mendable

66mmer’ci51, a ., comercial

e6mmit’tée , s .

,comisién , junta

“

168 VOCABULARIO

e6mm6’

diof1s , a . ,espacioso, cé

modo

e6mm6d'ities, s ., géneros, pro

duetos

e6m’m6nly, ada , ufiualmente

e6m’

mfi’nity, s . , la comunidad, 1a

sociedad

eem’

p5ny, s. ,compafiia, empresa,

sociedad

c6mpel’

,mx

,obligar, forzar

e6mpete’

, oh ,competir, contender

e6mpet’ing, a .

,rival, competidor

e6mpeti’

tion , s ., competencia, ri

validad

e6mpet’itively, ado.

, por oposici6n

c6mpet’it6r, s .

,competidor, rival

e6mplete’

, 672,

completar, con

cluir; a .

,completo, perfecto

e6mplete’ly, adv.

,enteramente

e6mple’tion , s .

,terminacién

c6m’

plex, a .

, complejoc6m’

plic5ted, a .,

complejo, en

redado

c6mp6rt'

, mx, concordar, compor

tarse

e6mp6se’

, mx, componer

c6mprehen'sive, a .

,comprehen

sivo,amplio

c6mpfil’s6ry, a .

,compulsivo

e6ngeal'

, mx, ocultar, tapar

c6ngep’tion , s .

,concepcion

e6ngern'

, mx, concernir, tocar;

s . ,empresa, establecimiento

e6ngerned’

, a .,interesado , per

tenecido

c6ncem’ing, prep , con respecto a

e6n’

gert, s .

,concierto

c6ngert’ed, a .

, concertado, con

venido

c6nelgde’

, mx, decidir, deducir;

concluir

conformar,

COD

e6nclu'

sion , s ., conclusién; in

al fin , para terminar

e6nelu’sive , a .

,concluyente, ter

minante

e6ndeuse'

, ma, condens ar, com

primir

c6ndi'tion , s .

, condicién,estado;

liv’ing

—s, condiciones de Vida

e6nd1’

1’

give , a .,conducente

e6ndfict'

, mx, conducir , guiar

c6n’dfict, sI, conducta, proceder

e6nfeder5’

tion , s .

,confederacién ,

alianzae6nfe'r’, otorgar, conferir

e6n’fident, a .

,cierto

,seguro

c6nfined’

, a .

,confinado

, limitado

e6nfirm’

, confirmar,

corro

borar

e6nfirmed’, a .

,comprobado, rati

ficado

e6nfl5gr5’

tion , s .

,incendio

e6n’mct, s .

,confiicto, pugna,

lucha

c6nf6rm’

, mx,

cordar

e6nffised’

, a .,confuso

,indistinto

c6nffi’

sion , s .

,confus ien

, pertur

bacién

e6ngealed’

, a ., congelado

e6n’

gress , s .,congreso, asamblea

€6ngres’s ional Ree

’6rd, diario de

las sesiones del Congreso de los

Estados Unidos

e6njee’ture, s .

, conjectura, supo

sici6n

e6nneet’, mx,

conectar,juntar

,

unir;— ing link , eslabén;

— ing

lin es, lineas subsidiarias (de

ferrocarril)conquer mx, conquistar,veneer

170 VOCABULARIO

could, pret. y cond. de to be 5ble,

podia, pudo, podria; n6t

help bfit, no podt ia menos de

coun’

gil, s .

,concejo, junta

count, mx, contar; valer

eoun’terp5rt, s .

,duplicado, ré

plica

count’less , a .

,innumerable

coun’try, s .

, pais, patria; campo,

tierra

coun’tryman , s .

,compatriota, con

ciudadano

coun’ty, s .

,condado

,distrito

eou’

ple, s ., par, pareja

ebu’

pled, a .,unido

,juntado

eeur'5ge, s .

,coraje, valor

eéur5’

geofis , a .,animoso, valiente,

intrépido

c6urse , s .

,curso; via; of [ev]

stfid’

programa de estudios;of

por supuesto

e6urt, s . y a .,corte, palaciego;

tribunal; sfipreme’

tri

bunal supremo

eofir’teofis , a .

, cortés, cumplido,afable

cour’tesy, s .

,cortesia

eov’en5nt, oh , convenir, pactar

e6v’er, mx, cubrir; abarcar

c6v’eted, a .

,codiciado, anhelado

cow, s .

, vaca

eow’5rd, s .

,cobarde

cow’5rdly, a .

,cobarde

,medroso

c6-w6rk’er, s .

,colaborador, coad

jutorcoy

’ly, ada , modestamente

,con

recato

er5b , s ., cangrejo

er5ck , s ., hendidura, grieta

er5ck’ling, a .

,chicharrén

craft, s ., barco, buque

er5m, 1m ,henchir, embutir, darse

un atracén; tg down his

threat, comer o tragar vorazmente

crea’ture , s .

,ser viviente

crew, s ., tripulacién

cries , pl. de cry; tercera persona

singular dc to crycrisp, a .

,fragil, tostado; burned

to 5 achicharrado

cr6p, s ., cosecha; small

frutos menoreser6ss , mx, atravesar

, pasar; s .,

cruzcrowd, s .

,tropel, multitud

crown, 072,coronar; completar

crude , a .,crudo

,tosco

eriimb, s .,miga

crfim’

pled, a .,arrugado

ery, wz,llorar; exclamar; s .,

alarido, grito

Cuba

eiid’

gel, s .

, garrote

efil’

prit, s .,delincuente

ciil’tural, a .

,cultural

eiil’

ture , s .,cultura

efirb , wz , refrenar, reprim irefirl

’ing, a .

,en rizos; to go

enroscarse

efirrie’fihim, s .

,conjunto de asig

naturas

cfirse, ma, maldecir; s .,maldicién,

imprecacién

efirt’sy, mx, saludar, inclinarse

eiis’tém, s .

,costumbre, usanza

eiis’t6m5ry, a .

,usual, acostum

brado

cfis’témer, s .

, parroquiano

et‘

it, (eiit, et‘

it) , cortar;tg down ,derribar cortando

cz'

alr, s .,zar

VOCABULARIO 171

cz5r’like , a .,

como un zar, domi

nador

d5f’

f6dil, s .,narciso

d5i’ly, a . y s . diario; ada , diaria

mente

d5me, s .,senora, dama

dance , ma, bailar; s ., baile

D5ne, Danes

d5n’

ger, s .

, peligro, riesgo; this

h5s been h5ng’ing 6

’ver 6s ,

este peligro nos amenazaD5n

’vi11e, ciudad del estado de

Illinois’

d5re, 1m ,atreverse, osar

d5rk , s .

,obscuro; s .

,obscuridad,

tinieblas

dark’en , em ,

obscur‘

ecer

d5rk’

ness , s .

,ob

'

sTfuridad

d5sh , mx, echar

daugh’ter, s .

, hija'

dawn , s .,alba

,madrugada

d5y, s .,dia

,tiempo; in br6ad

en pleno dia; n6 b5d

w6rk , éxito bastante favorabledeaf, a .

,sordo; the m5n , el

sordo

deal, s .

,trato

,negociacién; por

ci6n , parte; 5 gre5t mucho

deal (dealt, dealt) , traficar, nego

ciar; to with, tratar con

dean , decano,dean

dear, a .

, querido, caro

dear’ly, ada , tiernamente

death , s .,muerte; to put to

quitar la Vida, matar

deb5te’

, s .

,discusién

,debate

deceive’

, on ,engafiar

decide’

, ma, decidir, determinar,resolver

decis’ion, s .

, decisién; acuerdo

Dec15r5’tion of Indepen

’denge,

Declaracion de Independencia

declare’

, ma, declarar, proclamar

decline’

, mx, rehusar, excusar; s . ,

decadencia

declin’ing, a .

,decadente

decreas’mg, a .

,declinante

deep, a .

,hondo, profundo; s . , el

mar

defeat’, s . , derrota; 1m,derrotar

def erence , s .

,deferencia

,respeto

deferen’tial, a .

,deferente

, res

petuoso

degree’

, s .

, grado, paso; titulo

del’ic5te , a .

,delicado, fino

deli’

ciofis , a .,delicioso

,sabroso

delight’

, s .

,delicia

, placer

deline5’tion , s .

,delineacion, de

lineamiento

deliv’er, ma, entregar; tg 5

speech, pronunciar un discurso

del’fige , s .

,diluvio

,inundacién

delfis’ive, a .

,ilusivo, engafioso

dem5nd’, mx, exigir

dem’

6er5t, s .,demécrata

dem6er5t’ie, a .

,democratico

de’men , s .

,demonio

deni’al, s .

,negacién , denegacién

Den’m5rk , Dinamarca

dense , a .

,espeso

deny'

, ma, negar

dep5rt’ment, s .

, departamento,

subdivisién , ramo ministerial;

st6re, almacén o tienda

grande en donde se venden

varias cosas

dep5rt’ure, s .

, partida, salida

depend’

1212 , depender (de)depend

’ent, a .

,dependiente

depict,'on , pintar, representar

172 VOCABULAR IO

dep6s’it, s .

,dep6sito, sedimento

depth, s . , profundidaddescribe

’

, 1m, describir

descrip’tion, s .

,descripcien

descrip'tive, a ., descriptivo

des’ign5te, 2m,

designar, nom

brar

design5’tion, s .

, designacion , ti

tulo

desire’, s .,deseo, anhelo; ma,

desear

desk , s .

,escritorio; 5t his

su despacho

desp5ir’

, s .

,desesperacién

desp5tch’

, 1m ,despachar, concluir

des’tined, a .

,destinado

,dedicado

des’tiny, s .

, destino

destroy’

, mx, destruir

det5il'

, s .,detalle

det5i1ed’

, a .

,detallado

,1 especifi

cado

deter’mine , 1m,

determinar

devel’6p, 072 , desarrollar(se)

devel’opment, s .

,desarrollo, de

senvolvimiento

dev6te’

, W . , dedicar, aplicar

dev6t'ed, a .

,devoto

,ferviente,

dedicado

devour’

, on ,devorar

,engullir

dia’16gue , s ., dialogo

Dick , Ricardito

did, verbo auxiliar usado en pre

térito en frases interrogativas yen negativas

did, pret. de tg do

die, on ,morir

dif’

ferenge, s . ,diferencia

dif

ferent, a . , diferente, distintodif

’

jieiilt, a .,dificil

dif’

ficfilty, s ., dificultad

dig (dfig, dfig) , cavar, excavar

tbl

dig’ni ty, s ., dignidad

dil’igently, a .

, diligentemente

dim, a .,obscuro

, poco iluminado

dim'ly, ada ,obscuramente

di’ner, s . , coche comedor

din’ner, s .

,comida principal del

dia; to eat comer

direct’

, mx, dirigir, manejar; a .,

directo, inmediato

direc’tion , s .

, direccién ,rumbo

direct’ly, ada ,

directamente

dis5ppear’

, mx, desaparecer

dis5ppoint’ed, a .

,frustrado, con

trariado,desilusionado

dis5ppoint’ment, s .

,chasco, de

silusién

di s5pprgve’

, mm, desaprobar

dis5rmed’

, a .,desarmado

dis5s’

ter, s . , desastre, desgracia

disch5rge, s .

, cumplimiento; qui

tanzadis

’cipline, mx, disciplinar, corre

gir

discl6se'

, mx, destapar, exponer

discom'fert, s .

,incomodidad, mo

lestia

diseeur’5ged, a .

,desammado, de

salentado

discour’teofis , a .

,descortés

discov’er, ma, descubrir

discov’ery, s .

,descubrimiento

discreet’, a .

,discreto, cuerdo

disefiss’

, wt , discutir

disf5’v6r, s .

, desaprobacién

disgiist’ed, a .

,disgustado, bastia

do

disin’te

'

rested, a .,desinteresado,

neutral

dis’m51, a .

,triste

,funesto

dismiss’

, wt , despedir, disolver

(una junta)

174 VOCABULAR IO

dfie, a .,debido; to, debido a

dfiet'

, s .,dfio (musical)

dfig, pret. y pp. de to dig;excavado

dt‘

imb, a .,mudo, callado

dfir’ing, prep ,

durante

dfist, s ., polvo, tierra

Diitch, s .,holan

i

dés

dfi’ty, s .

, deber, obligacién

dy’ing, gerundio dc to die

each, a .,cada; pron , cada uno;

6’ther, el uno al otro

ea’

ger, a .

,ansioso

ea’

gerly, ada,avidamente, con

anhelo

ear, s .,oreja; oido

ear'lier, comp . de ear

’15:

ear’ly, a .

, préximo, cercan0

°

ada,

temprano, pronto; ln the

year, a principios del afio

earn, mx, ganar

ear'nest, a .

,serio, formal; in

de buena te

earn’ings, s .

, ganancias

earth , s ., suelo, tierra

ease , s .,facilidad

eas’iest, sup. de eas y

eas'ily, ada ,facilmente

east, s .,este, oriente

Eas’ter Siin’d5y, Pascua de resu

rrecci6n o florida

eas’y, a .,f5cil

eat (5te, eat’en ) , comer; saber a;

to 6p, comerse (todo)ebb , 1m ,

menguar (la marea); tg5w5y

’

, decaer, disminuir

ec6n6m’ic (o ee6n6m

’ie) , a . , eco

némico

ec6n6m’ically, adv.

,economicap

mente

edge , s .

,filo

, canto, borde

edifice’tion, s . , edificacién , ins

truccién

ed’it6r, s .

,redactor

,editor

edit6’ri5l, a .

,editorial; s .

,arti

culo de fondoedfie5

'tion , s .

,educacién

edfic5’tion51, a .

, docente, edu

cativo

effect’

, s .

,efecto, resultado

effec’tive, a .

,eficiente, eficaz

effee’t1

'

15l, a .

,eficiente

,activo

effi’

ciengy, s .

,eficien cia, eficacia

effi'cient, a .

,eficiente, competente

ef’fert, s .

,esfuerzo

,empefio

ei’t—her (o ei

'ther) , conj .

,0 ;

6r, 0 o;a . y pron ,

uno u

otro,cualquiera de los dos

el'b6w, s .

,codo

eld’est, sup . de 61d (preferido a

6ld’est cuando denota cl mayor

de los htj os)eleet

'

, 1m ,elegir, escoger

elec’

tion , s .

,eleccién

elee’t6r, s .

,elector

elec t6r5l, a .,electoralelec

’tric, a .

,eléctrico

electri’

gity, s .

,electricidad

elemen’tary, a .

,elemental’

el’eph5nt, s .

,elefante

elim’in5te, 1m ,

eliminar

Eliz’5beth, Isabelel

’

6quently, adv.,elocuentamente

else, a .,otro; n6 one [wfin]

ningi'

m otro

em’igr5te, mx, emigrar

em6’tion , s .,emocién

emph5t’

ic, a .

,enfatico

emph5t'ieally, ada , enfaiticamente

VOCABULARIO

employee’

, s .,empleado, depen

dienteen5

'ble , mx, facilitar, permitir

ench5nt'ing, a .

,encantador

eneeur’

5ge , ma , animar,alentar

encour’aging, a .

,incitante

,alen

tador

end, s .

,cabo, extremidad

,fin;

to this para este fin; tg be

5t 5n estar acabado; vr .

,

acabar,term inar

endeav’6r, s .

,esfuerzo

,empeno

end’ing, s .

,fin

,conclusién;desen

lace

end’less , a .

,interminable

,sin fin

endowed’, a .

,dotado

en’emy, s .

,enemigo

en’ergy, s .

,energia, . vigor

enferge’

, oh ,hacer cumplir

eng5ge'

, mx,

emplear, ocupar;

to in, ocuparse de

en'

gin e, s .

,m5quina, motor

,loco

motora

engineer’ing, s .

,ingenieria

England Inglaterra;

New Nueva Inglaterra

English s . y a .

,inglés;

speak’ing, de habla inglesa

Englishman (pl.

Englishmen ) , inglés

en join’

, mm, mandar,imponer

en joy’

, 1m , gozar (de)enl5rge

’

,1m

,agrandar, aumentar

enliv’en, or . animar

en6r’mofisly, adv.

, enormemente,

muyeneugh

’

, a . y adv. bastante

em6ll'ment (o enr6l’ment) , s .

,

matricula

ensue’

, mx, suceder, seguir

én’ter, on ,

entrar

175

enterprismg, a .

, atrevido, em

prendedor

entert5in’

, wt , entretener, hospe

dar festejarentire a .

,entero

,todo

enti’tle, 072

,dar derecho

,autori

zar;tobe— d to, tener derecho a

en’tr5nge, a .

,de entrada

,de in

greso; s .,entrada

entreat'

, 072 , rogar, suplicar

entreat’

y, s .

, petici6n ,ruego

envel’

eped a .

,envuelto

envi’ronment, s .

,medio ambiente

ep’is6de, s .

,episodio

e’

qu5l, a . y s .

,igual

e'

qu5lly, adv.,igualmente

equip’ment, s .

,equipo, equipaje

e’x5 , s .,era, época

ere , conj .

, antes que

er'r5nd, s .

,recado

, diligencia

er’r6r, s .,

error,

equivocacién ,falta

esc5pe’

, ma, escaparse

escert'

, acompafiar, escoltar

es sen’

ti5l, a .,esencial

est5b’lish , 1m , establecer, fundar

esteem’

, on ,estimar

,apreciar

eter’n51, a .

,eterno

etiquette s .

, etiqueta

Efi’rope , Europa

Efirepe’5n , a .

,europeo

Evanston , ciudad de Illinois’

e’ven , ada

,aun

,hasta;

th6ugh, aunque, no obstante que

eve’ning, s .

,tarde, noche

event’

, s .

, hecho, acontecimiento

even’tfi5lly, ada ,

con el tiempo

ev’er, ada

,siempre; nunca, ja

mas; singe, después (que)ev

'ery, a .

,cada, todo

ev’eryb6d’

y, si, todo el mundo

176 VOCABULARIO

ev’erything, s . , todo

ev’erywhere, adv., por todas partes

ev’idenge, s .

,evidencia; testi

monio; in visible; mt,

evidenciar, probar

ex5et’ing, a .

,exigente

635g’

ger5ted, a .

,exagerado

635mIn5’tion , examen; to 11538

5n salir aprobado eu uh

examen

635m’iner, s .

,examinador

,ins

pector

excel’

,vr.

,sobresalir

,superar

ex’

gellent, a .

,excelente

except’

, prep ,excepto, con la

excepcién de; fer, fuera deexces

’

sive , a .

,excesivo

,sobrado

exch5nge’

, mx, cambiar, trocar

excite’ment, s .

,excitacién ,

con

moci6n

exel5im’

, ma, exclamar

exelfi’sively, ada

,exclus ivamente

exee’fitive, a . y s .

,ejecutivo

ex'ergise , vr. , ejercer; ejercitar,formar

exert’

, 1m ,ejercer

,esforzar

exhaust’

, mx, apurar, agotar

exhib’it, ma, estrenar

exhibi’tion , s .

,exhibicién , exposi

cien

exist’

, ma, existir, subsistir

exp5nd’

, mx, extender, ensanchar

exp5n’sion, s .

,expansién , desa

rrollo

expect'

, 2m, esperar, aguardar,contar con

expe’dient, s . , expediente, recurso

expedi’tion, s .

,expedicién

expen’sive, a .

, costoso, caro

expe’rience , s .

,experiencia; mx,

experimentar, sentir

exper’iment, s .

, experimento; 1m,

experimentar, tentar

ex’

pert, a .

, diestro, perito

exp15z'

n’

,1m

,explicar

expl5n5’tion , s .

,explicacién , acla

raci6n

exploit5’tion , s .

,utilizacién (con

miras interesadas)expl6r5

’tion , s .

,exploracién

exp16re’

,’

DT.

,explorar

expl6r'er, s .

,explorador

exp6se , mx, exponer

express’

, s .

,expreso;1172 , expresar,

manifestarexpres

’sion , s .

,expresién ,

término

extend’

, or .

,extender

,ofrecer

exten’sion , s . ,

extensién

extent’

, s .

,extensién ,

alcance

exten’1’

15te , ma, disminuir, ami

norar

extreme’

, a . , extremo,sumo

eye, s .,ojo

F

f5’bled, a . ,

fabulosof5ce, s .

,cara

,rostro

,apariencia;

vr. ,hacer frente a

facil’ity, s .,facilidad

f5ct, s .

,hecho; 5s 5 m5t

’ier of

eh realidad

f5e’t6r, s .,factor, agente, comi

sionado

f5e’t6ry, s .

,fabrica, taller

f5c’1'

11ty, s .,facultad

f5d’ing, a . , decadente

f5il, ma, faltar, dejar de, fracasar;to to, dejar de; to of

re’- elee

’

tion , no llegar a ser

reeligido

f5int, a .,indistinto, abatido

178 VOCABULARIO

fig, s .,higo;bledo

fight (feught, feught) , pelear,

pugnar, batallar

fight, s .,lucha

,lid

,batalla

fight’er, s .

,batallador

,luchador,

combatiente

fig'fire, s .

, personaje , presencia;oh

,figurar, disponer; to

out, resolver, idear

file , s .

,coleccién ordenada de

periédtcos o de documentos

fill, ma, llenar, rellenarfi

’nal, a .

,final

, 1’

11timo

fi’n5lly, ada ,

finalmente,eu fin

fin5nge’

, ciencia rentistica, ha

cienda pfiblica

fin5n'ci5l, a .

,monetario

,rentistico

find (found, foun d) , hallar, en

contrar; to out, descubrir,

averiguar

fine , a .

,bello

, primoroso

fin’

ger, s .

, dedo

fin’ish , ma , termin ar, acabar

fire , or.

,encender, inflamar; s . ,

fuego, lumbre, incendio; ardor;

to be 6n estar ardiendo

fire’- eating, a . ,

matamoros, fiera

br5’

s

fire’br5nd, s .

,incendiario

fire’

pl5ge, s .,hogar, chimenea

francesafirm , s .

, compain’

a,raaen social

firm’ness , s . ,

firmeza,consistencia

first, a .

, primero; 5t al prin

cipio; -

year, del primer ano;

ode, por primera vez

fish , s .

, pescado, pez

fish’ing, s . , pesca;pesqueria

fist, s ., pufio

fit, a .,apto, propio; to see

juzgar conveniente;ma, acomo

dar,adecuar; to intg

'

, enca

jar, concordar; to out,

equipar, disponer

fit’fully, odn , caprichosamente

fit’ted (6p) , a .

, dispuesto, acomo

dado, proveido

five, cmco

five - 5nd—ten , a .

,de cinco y diez

fix, fijar, asentar; reparar

fixed —t] , a .

,fijo, determinado

fl5g, s .

,bandera

Fl5mb6r6ugh’

, nombre propto

fl5p’

ping, s .

,batimiento

,aleteo

fl5sh, s .

, destello; wt,relampa

guear, destellar

fl 5’v6r, s .

,sabor

, gusto

fi5’v6ur, modo inglés de escribir

fi5’v6r

flee (fled, fled) , huir (se)fleet, s .

,flota

, armada

flesh , s .

, carne

fl ew [flu] , pret. do to flyflies, pl. de fly, y tercera persona

singular de flyflight, s .

,fuga; vuelo; tg put tQ

poner en fugafi6at, vr.

,flotar

fl6ck , ma,moverse en grupos ,

atroparse; to céme —ing, venir

atropandose

fi6or, s .,suelo

, piso; ground

piso bajo; to get in 6n the

ground asociarse a una em

presa mientras las oportunida

des de ganancia son buenas; to

t5k e the tomar la palabra

(en una junta)fl6p

’

ping, a .

, colgante

Fl6r’id5

,Florida

flour’ish , s .

,floreo; exhibicién

fi6w, mx, correr, fiuir

VOCABULARIO

fiow’er, s .

,fior

flfit’ter, ma, agitarse, menearse;

s .,alboroto, tumulto

fly, s .

,mosca

fly (fl ew [flu] , fl6wn ) , volar; to

5head’

, adelantarse volando;

to tr6m, escapar volando,

huir; to into’5 r5ge, mon

tar en celera

t6e , s .,enemigo

f6l’l6w, mu, seguir; ejercer (una

profesién )f6l

’l6wer, s .

,adherente, acom

pafiante

f6l’l6wing, part: activo, siguiente:subsiguiente; a .

, siguiente

f61’ly, s .

,locura

,tonteria

f6nd, a .,aficionado; to be

ser aficionado a

feed, s .

,ahmento,m mida

,manjar

£661, s .,tonto

,necio

to-

ol’ish , a . ,

necio,tonto

f66t (pl. feet) , pie, pata; 6na .pie; medida lineal de

centimetros

f6'

6t’ball, s .

,ffitbol, balompié

fo‘

6t’step, s .

, paso, huella, pisada

f6r, prep , por, para;conj ., porque ,

pues

i6rbid’

(f6rb5de’

, f6rbid’

den ) , prohibir

,vedar

f6rye, s .

,fuerza

, poder, energia;

m5in fuerza mayor; or .

,

obligar; to out of business

obligar a declararse

insolvente

ferged a . ,obligatorio , obli

gado

f6rge’

ful, a . ,fuerte

, poderoso

f6r’eign , a .,extranjero

f6t’eigner, s .,

extranjero

179

fere’m5u , s .,capataz; of the

ju’ry, presidente del jurado

f6r’est, s .

,bosque, selva

f6rge, s .

, fragua; mm,fraguar,

forjarf6rget

’

(f6rg6t’

, f6rg6t’ten ) , olvi

dar; tQ 5bout’

, olvidarse de

f6rgive’ness , s .

, perdén , remision

f6rl6rn’

, a .,abandonado

, desam

parado

f6rm, s .,forma, modo;ma, formar

,

construir

fer’m5l, a .

,formal

,metodico

,regu

lar

f6rm5l’ity, s .

,formalidad

,cere

monia

f6r’mer, a .

,anterior; pron , aquél

f6r’merly, ada ,

antiguamente,en

tiempos pasados

f6r’

mi d5b1e, formidable,te

rrible

f6r'm 1

'

115te, on ,formular

f6rth , ado.,fuera

,afuera

f6rthwith’

, adv.,inmediatamente,

en el acto

f6rt’night, s .

, quincena, dos se

manas

161"tlin5te , a .

,dichoso

,afortunado

fet’ty-

sight’

, cuarenta y ocho

fet 'ty- ninth’

, a .

,cuarenta y nueve

,

cuadragésimo noveno

f6r’w5rd, adv. , adelante

,hacia

adelante

i6s’ter- i5

’ther, s .

, padre adoptivo'

feught, pret. de to fightfoul, a . , desagradable, sucio

found, pret. y pp. de to find;5re se hallan

,se encuentran

found5'tion , s .

,fundacién , base

foun’tain , s .

,fuente

f6ur, cuatro

180 VOCABULARIO

f6urth, a .,cuarto

fr5c’ture, s .

,rotura, fractura

fr5’

gile, a .,fr5gil, quebradizo

Fr5nge, Francia

Fr5nk’1in, Ben

’

j5min (1706sabio americano

fr5ter’nity, s .

,fraternidad

,socie

dad escolar

free, a .

,libre

,independiente;mx,

librar,desembarazar;s .

,los que

gozan de estado libre

free’dem, s .

, libertad, indepen

dencia

freeze (fr6ze, fr6’zen) , helar,

congelar; to out, excluir,

matar por medio de rivalidad

French, a . y. s .

,francés

fre’quently, adv.

,frecuentemente

fresh, a .,nuevo, fresco

fresh’man (pl. fresh’men ) , s . ,

alumna de primer (1 5 0 de bachille

mto

fric’tion , s .,friccién, roce

friend, s .

,amigo

friend’ly, a .,amistoso

,amigable

friend’ship, s .,am istad

fright’ened, a .

,espantado, asustado

fringe, s .,fleco, orla

ir6, ada ,hacia atras; to 5nd

de un lado a otro

tr6m , prep ,de

,a causa de; desde

front, s .

,frente

,fachada; in oi ,

eu frente defr6st, s .

,escarcha

,helado

fr6ze, pret. de to freezeit6

'zen , pp. 3) a .,congelado, helado

frfig5l’ity, s .

,frugalidad, economia

friis’

tr5te, 072 , frustrar, anularffi

’el, s .

, combustible

full, a .

,lleno

, pleno

ful’ly, adv.

, enteramente

ful'some, a .

, grosero, repugnante

fiim’ble, 1771 , chapucear; tQ 5t,

manosear

ffin , s .,broma

,chanza

,diversi6n

ffinc’tion , s .

,fun cién

,oficio; ma,

funcionarffin

’ny, a .

,cémico

ffir’nish , ma, surtir, suplir , proveer

ffir’niture, s .

,muebles

ffir’r6w, s .

,surco

ffir’ther, a .

,mas amplio, adicional,

nuevo

ffi'ture, a .

,futuro; s .

, porvenir

g5zn , mm, ganar

5le , s . ,ventarrdn

51’l5nt, a . , galante, cortés

,va

liente

g5l’

l5ntly, bizarramente,valerosa

mente

g5me, s .,

caza; juego, partida,partido

g5pe, ma, bostezar

g5r’

den , s .,huerta

,huerto; jar

din- V

gas oline, s ., gasolina

g5te, s .

, puerta

é5th’er, ma, reunir

,cosechar

,re

coger; his men tggeth’er,

reunir su gente

g5ve, pret. dc togive

g5v’el, s . , mallete

g5y, a .,alegre

g5ze, mx, contemplar

gen’erél, a . y s .

, general

gen’eralize , 2m , generalizar

gen’er5lly, adv.

, generalmente, por

lo coml'

m

gener5’tion, s .

, generacién

8

8

182 VOCABULARIO

- V U

gos Slp, s .

,charla

, chismografia

g6t, pret. dc to get

g6v’ern , on , gobernar

gev’

ernment, s .

, gobierno

gevernment’5l, a .

, gubernativo

gev’erner, s .

, gobernador

gr5b , mx, coger, asir

gr5ge’less , a .

,malvado

,reprobo

gr5’

ciofis , _a .

,benigno, bonda

doso

gr5de , s .

,calificativo

,nota

gr5d’fi5lly, odn , gradualmente

,

poco a poco

gr5d’fi5te , s . y a .

, graduado, re

cibido; stfid’

y, estudio gra

duado

gr5d’fi5tion , s .

, graduacién;el acta

de rectbz'

rse en alguna facu ltad

gr5in , s .

, grano, cereal

gr5nd, a .

, gran (de) , espléndido

gr5nt, 2m ,conceder

,ortorgar

gr5pe, s .

,uva

gr5sp, on ,empufiar, agarrar

gréss , s .

,hierba

grass’

y, a .

,herboso, gramineo

gr5te , rozar,rechinar; to

6n , irritar, molestar

gr5ve , a .

,serio

, grave

gr5ve’ly, odn

,

“

gravemente,seria

mente

gr5y, s .

, gris

gre5t, a ., grande, enorme

Gre5t Brit’ain , G ran Bretafia

G reek’

- letter, a .

, de letra griega

green , a .

,verde

greet, vr .

,saludar

grew [gru] , pret. dc togr6w

gridiron s .

, parrilla

grim , a .

,formidable

,torvo

griz’zled , a .

, gris, encanecido

grean’ing, s .

, gemido , mugido

gre’

cery, s .,

abaceria,lonja

,vi

veres; st6re , tienda de

Viveresgroove , s .

,muesca

,encaje

,ranura

gr6ss , s .

, gruesa

ground, s .

,tierra

,suelo; 6n

"

th5t

por la raz6n de que;

fl6or, piso bajo, fundamental

group, 8 .

, grupo; a .

,agrupado

gr6v’61, or .

, ,serpear envilecerse

grew (grew, gr6wn ) , crecer,au

mentar; ponerse; to dfimb ,enmudecer; to diver

'

gent,separarse; tQ into

’

, hacerse;

to tired, cansarse; tQ up

desarrollarse

gr6wn’

- up, a .

,adulto

grewth , s .

,crecim iento

,desarrollo

gu5rd, s .

, guarda, guardia; mx,

guardar, proteger

guest, s .

,huésped, convidado

guide , on , guiar; s .

, guia

G ui l’ferd, nombre propio

guil’ty, a .

,reo

, culpable, con

V icto

gulf, s .

, golfo

gtish , 072 , derramar,brotar

gymn5s’tie, a .

, gimnastico

H

h5b’it, s .

,costumbre

,habito

h5d, pret. y pp . de to, h5ve; I

them 5t 5 gre5t b5r’

gain ,

los obtuve baratisimo

h5il, 072 , llamar,vocear

h5il’st6ne , s .

, piedra de granizoh5ir, s .

,cabello

, pelo

h5l’

cy6n , a .

,apacible, tranquilo

h5li , s .,m itad; a .

,medio

hall, s .

, gran sala;pasadizo

VOCABULARIO

h5llcfi’

, mx, gritar;azuzar o llamar

a gritos

h5m’mer, s .

,martillo

h5nd, s .,mano; bound

f66t, atado seguramente;

in de concierto,de acuerdo;

6n the one [wi n] por una

parte 0 por un lado; 6n the

6th’er por otra parte; 1m

,

entregar, poner en manos

h5nd'fu1, s .

, pufiado

h5n’dle, mu, dirigir;manosear

h5nd’- sh5king, s .

,acto de dar la

mano

h5nd’seme, s .

,hermoso

h5ng (hting, hfing) , colgar'

to

6’ver, amenazar; to,

pender en el aire

h5ng, wt , ahorcar

h5nged, a .,ahorcado; be to

y0 1'

1 1, exclamacién que signified

el colmo de desaprobacién

h5ng’m5n , s .

,verdugo

H5n’n5h, Ana

h5p’

pen , acontecer, suceder;

— ed to be st5nd’

ing, estaba

por casualidad de pie; do yofi

to hu6w, g sabe Vd . por

casualidad?

h5p'

pening, s . ,acontecimiento

h5p’

pily, adv ,felizmente

h5p’

py, a .

,feliz

, contento, dichoso

h5r'bet , s .

, puerto1

h5rd, a .

, duro,

s61ido; dificil;ada

,enteramente;to w6rk

trabajar muchoh5rd

’en , 072 , robustecer;endurecer

h5rd’er, comp . de h51'd; it is

es mas dificilh5rd

’ly, adv.

,apenas , no del todo

h5rd’ship, s .

, penalidad

183

h5rk b5ck , on ,remontarse (a una

fecha remota )h5rm’

less , a .,inofensivo

,inocente

h5rsh , a .

,aspero, duro

H5r’v5rd, nombre propio

h5r’vest, s .

,cosecha

, siega;

time , mies

h5s, tercera persona singular de

h5ve, tiene

h5t, s .,sombrero

h5tch’

et, s .,hachita

h5te, 072 , detestar, odiar

h5th , forma antigua de h5s

haugh’ty, a .

,soberbio

,altanero

h5ve (h5d, h5d) , tener, haber; tQanything [en

’

ything] to doWith , tener algo que ver con;

to 6n , usar,llevar puesto;

to to, tener que

H5wai’

i5n Repfib’lie, Repfiblica

del Hawaii

h5y, s .

,heno

hé, pron ,61

head, s .

,cabeza; jefe

head’

gear, s ., tocado, cofia

health , s .

,salud

health’

y, a .,

sano,fuerte, salu

dable

heap, s .

,montén

hear (heard, heard) , oir, oir decir;to said [sed] o to 5bout

’

,

oir decir

hear’

er, s .

,oyente, audiencia

hear’

ing, s .

,oido

he5rt, s .

, coraz6n; br6k’en

traspasado de dolor

he5rth , s .,hogar

he5rt’

y, a.,cordial

,sincero

heat , s .,calor

Heath , nombre propfio

heav'

y, a ., pesado

184 VOCABULARIO

heed, oh ,atender, observar

Hel’en , Elena

hell6’

, interj ,hola

,oiga;respuesta

cuando suena el tele’

fono

help, 1m ,ayudar;remediar; could

n6t bfit, no pudo menos de

hem’isphere , s .

,hemisferio

hen , s ., gallina; to sell his 6n

5 r5z'

n’

y d5y, perm itirse en

gahar o defraudarHen

’ry, P5t

’rick (1736 pa

triate y estadz'

sta americano

her, p7on .,la; tg le

,a ella;

a .

, su, de ella

herb , s .

,hierba

here , adv.,aqui, aca

'

t;

esta, aqui tiene Vd .;

5t e , aqui est5n

heret 6re'

, adv. antes,en tiempos

pasados

her’

it5ge, s .

,herencia

Hern5n’d6 de Se

’t6, Hernando de

Soto

he’r6, s .

,héroe

hers, pron ,de ella o

herself’, pron . refl ,ellamisma

,si,se

hgy’

dey, s .,colmo

,apogeo

hide (hi d, hid’den ) , esconder

hier5r’ehy, s .

,jerarquia

high, a .

,alto

,superior; 6n eu

las alturas; sch661, escuela

superior or

high’ly, adv.

,altamente

high’wey, s .

, camino real,carre

tera

hik’ing, s .

,andar a pie (par placer)

hill, s .,colina

,cerro

him, pron ,le

,10 ; to le

himself’, pron . refl .,

si mismo,

él mismo,se

his, a ., su, de él

Hisp5n’

ie, a .

,hi sp5ni co

hi ss , silbar

hiss'ing , s .

, silba

hist6’

ri5n , s .

,historiador

hist6r’

ic5l, a .

,histérico

his’

t6ry, s .

,historia

h6, interj , grito de sorpresa

h6arse , a .,ronco

,enronquecido

h6g, s .

, puerco, cerdo, chancho

held (held, held) , retener,tener

,

agarrar contener, poseer; to,

5n elee tion , celebrar un a elec

cien; to 5 meet’

ing, celebrar

una reunién; to 5p, alzar,

levantar; to, tip the head,

tener orgullo

h61e , s .

,agujero, orificio;hoyo

h6l’

id5y, s .

,dia festivo, dia feriado

H6l'15nd, Holanda

h6’

ly, a .

,santo

,sagrado

h6me, s .

,casa

,hogar, morada;

5t eu casa; a .

, casero

h6me’ly, a .

,doméstico

,sen cillo

h6n’

est, a .

,honrado

,recto

h6n 6r, s .

,honor; vr.

,honrar

glorificar

he'

ek , mx, enganchar

h6pe , s .

,esperanza, confianza;

oh,esperar

h6tu , s .

, cuerno, asta, trompa

h6r’

rible, a .

,horrible

,terrible

h6r r6r, s .

,horror

,consternacién

h6rse , s .

,caballo

h6rse’

b5ck , s .,lomo del caballo;

6n a caballo

h6rse’m5n , s .

,j inete

h6s’

pit5ble, a .,hospitalario

h6spit51’ity, s .

,hospitalidad

h6st, s .,multitud

,

‘

hueste; ejercito;patreh ,

anfitrién

h6s’tile, a .

,hostil, enemigo

186 VOCABULAR IO

ih , prep ,eu (posicién o estado);

6r'der tQ, para

in5bil’ity, s .

,incapacidad, impo

tencia

in5c’

tion , s .,inacci6n

in5rtic’fil5te , a .

,inarticulado

mau’

gfir51, a .

,inaugural

“

mges’

s5ntly, a .

,incesantemente

in’

cident, s .

,incidente

inclem’engy, s .

,inclemencia

,in

temperie

inclined’

,a,inclinado , propenso to

be tener ganas; tQ feeltener ganas

include’

, ma, incluir, abarcar

in’

crease, s .,aumento

increase'

,ma

,aumentar

,crecer

Ind. , abrewjatura. de Indi5n’

5”

mdeed’, ado.,de veras

,verdadera

mente

indel’ibly, odn ,

indeleblemente

indepen’dence, s .

,independencia

indepen’dent, a .

,independiente

In’di5n , s . y a .

,indio

indic5’

tion , s .

,indicacién , serial

indiscrim’inetely, ada ,

indistinta

mente

individ’

fi5l, s .

,individuo

individfi5l’ity, s .

,individualidad

,

personalidad

indfige’

, mx, causar, mover

indfilge’

,1m

, gratificar; tg

entregarse a, gozar en

indiil’

gent, a .,indulgente

indiis’tri51, a .

,industrial

indiis’

triofis , a .

,aplicado, indus

trioso

in’diistry, s .

,industria, diligencia,

laboriosidad

ineffec’tive, a .

,ineficaz

ines’tim5ble, a .

,inestimable

institucién,

es

inev’itable, a .

, inevitable

in’f5ngy, s .

,infancia

in’f5nt, s . y a .

,criatura

,nene

infiict’

, 1m ,imponer; to

descargar sobre

in’fluenge , s .

,influencia

, poder;or .

,influir (en )

inf6rm5’tion , s .

,informe

, conoci

mientos

inher'ent, a .

,inherente

,esencial

inher’

it, mx, heredarv

mk , s .

,tinta

in’sect, s .

,insecto

in sep’5r5ble, a .

,inseparable

inside’

adv. yprep ,dentro

, dentro

de,adentro; to go entrar

insid’ioiis , a .

,insidioso

,engafioso

in’

sight, s .,discernimiento

, pers

picacia

insignif’

ie5nt, a .

,insignificante

insincere’

, a .

,insincero

insist’

, w'

. insistir, porfiar

in s6mfich conj .

,de manera que

install’

,or .

,instalar

,colocar

in’st5nce, s .

,ejemplo

in’st5nt, a .

,inmediato

instead’of[6V] , prep ,

en lugar de

instinc’tively, adv.

,instin tiva

mente

in’

stitfite, 7m ,ins tituir

,crear

,es

tablecer

institfi’tion , s .

,

tablecim iento

instrfie’tion , s .

,instruccién

instrfic’

t6r, s .,instructor

insiiffi’

cient, a .

,insuficiente

in’

sfilt, s .

,insulto

,ultraje

in surance s .,seguro

insure garantizar, ase~

gurar

insfir’

gent, s .

,insurrecto

VOCABULARIO 187

in’tellect, s .

,intelecto

,inteligencia

intense’

,a .

,fuerte, vivo

inten’sive, a .

,intensivo

inten’tion , s .

,intencién

in’ter- c6lle

’

gi5te, a .

,interuniver

sitario

intergede’

, 7112 , interceder, mediar

in’

tere6urse, s .

,intercambio, trato

in’terest, s .

,interés

,beneficio;

empresa; 1m,interesar

interp6se’

, mx, interponer cubierto de

interp6si’tion , s .

,intervencién ,

mediacién

interrfipt’

, wt , interrumpir"m’terv5l, s .

,intervalo

intim’

id5te , or.

,intimidar, ame

drentar'

6

into’

, prep ,in

intra- group’

, a .

,intragrupo

intr6d1'

ige’

, on ,in troducir

, presen

tar; insertar

intrfist’

(with) , ma, confiar

inv5de'

, ma, invadir

invent’

, em ,inventar

,idear

invest’

, mx, invertir, emplear o

imponer dinero

inves’

ter, s .,el que inm

’

erte dinero

eh empresas industriales

invin’

gible, a .

,invincible

invi’615te , a .

,inviolado

,incorrupto

invit5’

tion , s .

,invitacién

invite’

, mx, convidar, invitar

in’w5rd, a .

,interior

,secreto

I’rishm5n (pl. I’

rishmen ) , s . y a.

, u

irlandés Q 6p, le

iron s . ,hierro

,fierro;

- h5nd’ed, de mano de hierro

irresolfi’tion , s .

,irresoluci6n

,in

decis ién

is, es, esta; there hay; it

n6t fer, no toca a,

is’

15nd, s . ,isla

i'seleted, a .

,isolado

is’sfie, s ., evento

,cuestién; 5t

eh disputa

isth’mfis , s .

,istmo

it, pron ,él

,ella; lo, la; ello

its , a .,su; be

’

ing writ’ten , el

habers'

e escrito

itself’, pron . refl ,si mismo

i’vy, s .

,hiedra

, yedra

i’vy- cov

’ered, a .

,

hiedra

J

J5ck , Juan; Fr6st, personi

ficacio’

n de la escarcha

jeal’ous , a .

,envidioso, celoso

jeal’oiisy, s .

, celos,sospecha

jet, s .,azabache; fuente, chorro

jew’elry, s .

,joyas; st6re,

joyeria

Jo’efind, a .

,alegre, festivo

J6hn , JuanJ6hnsH6p

’

k ins, nombre propio

join , or .

,juntarse

,unirse a

,aliarse

joint, s .,juntura

jofir’ney, s .

,viaje;vr.

,ir de Viaje

joy, s .

,alegria, ji

’

i bilo,deleite

jfidge , s .,juez; 072

,juzgar

jfidge’ment (o jfidg

’ment) , s .

, juicio

,criterio

judi’

ci5l, a .

,judicial

jg ige , s .

,jugo, zumo

111110

jfimp, 1m ,saltar(se); to

vantarse de prisa

June. iunio

jun’ier, s .

,alumna de tercer aha

de bachillerato eh las escuelas

superiores de los Estados Un idos

jurisdic’tion , s .

, jurisdiccién

188 V0 CABULAR IO

ju’ry, s .

,jurado

jii st, a .,justo; odn

,justamente

,

exactamente; right, per

fectamente bien; 6’ver the

w5y, cerca de aqui

Justifie5’tion , s .

, justificacién

jfis’tify, vr. justificar

jfist’ly, ada

,debidamente, recta

mente

jfist’ness , s .

,justicia

K5n’

s5s Cit’

y, una ciudad de

M issou’ri

keel, s .

, quilla

keen , a .

,Vivo

,vehemente

keen’ly, ada

,Vivamente

,sutil

mente

keep (kept, kept) , mantener

guardar;'

detener; to

continuar,mantener; to

w5it’

ing, hacer esperar

Kentiick’

y, uno de los estados de la

Unio’

n norteamericana

kill, or.

,matar

k ind, s .

,clase; a .

,bondadoso

,be a

'

nigno

kind- he5rt ed, a .

,bonachén

kin’dle, mx, encender

,inflamar;

to (6p) 5 fire, pegar fuegok ind

’ly, a .

,amable

,benigno

king, s .

,rey

kiss , mx, besar; s .

,beso

kit, s ., forma vu lgar y antigua de

kit’ten , gatito, gatico

Kiw5n’

i5n , miembro del Club Xi

wanz'

s, organizacién propagan

diste

kneel (knelt, knelt) , también verbo

regular, arrodillarse

knew, pret. de to knew

knight, s .,caballero

kn6ck , on ,llamar (a una puerta );

to 6fi, desprender (a fuerzade golpes)

kn6t’

h6le , s .

,agujero que deja en

la modem un nudo desprend ido

hu6w (knew, knewn ) , saber, cono

cer

kn6w est, forma anttgua de hu6w

kn6wl’

edge , s .,conocim iento

kn6wn , a . y pp ,conocido

,sabido;

to be 5s, llamarse

l5’b6r, s .

,labor

,obra; 1m ,

traba

jar, afanarse15

’

b6rer, s .

,labrador

15’b6ur, modo inglés de escm

’

bir

15’b6r

l5ek , 1m ,hacer falta

,carecer; s .

,

falta,escasez

15d, s .

,mozo

,joven

l5’dy, s .

,sefiora

,sefiorita; yofing

sefiorita,joven

15zd, pret. y pp . de to l5y

l5k e , s .

,lago

L5m b, Ch5_rles (1775 cm

tor inglés

15mp, s .

,lémpara , candil

15mp®n’

, em ,satirizar

, pasquinar

15nd, s .

,tierra

,terreno

,regién;

patria;mx, desembarcar

s .

, paisaje , campinal5u

’

ggage , s .,idioma

,lengua;

m6d’ern —

s, lenguas Vivaslarge , a .

, grande

15rge’ly, ada , grandemente

l5sh , vr.,azotar

,dar latigazos;

to out, desfrenarse

190 VOCABULAR IO

life (pl. lives) , s .,Vida

lift, oh,levantar; tQ the h5t,

quitarse el sombrero para saludar

a algwien

light, s .,luz , resplandor

Iight’ning, s .

,rel5mpago

lik e , a .

,semej ante; adv.

,como;

prep ,igual

”

que; oh , querer,

desear, gustar de; thgy les

gusta

lik e- mind ed, del mismo pare

cer

lik e’ly, adv.

, probablemente, se

glin todas las apariencias

lik e'wise, odn

,igualmente, ade

m5s

lim’e'

rick , s .

,estrofa de cinco ltneas

de cardcter festivo y fondo extra

vagante

lim’it, s .

,limite

,término

Lin’celn , A

’

br5h5m (1809

presidente de los Estados Un idos

durante la Guerra Civil

Lin’coln - like, a .

,al estilo de

Lincoln

line , s .

,linea

,fila, ramo

,limite

,

confin

lined, a .

,forrado

,cubierto

lin’

gering, a ., prolongado

link , s .

,eslabén

,enlace;c6nneet

’

ing nexo,vinculo

11 quefy, mm, derretir, disolver

lis’ten , mx, escuchar

,oir; tQ

ih, escuchar el radio; tQ

rea’

sen , atender a la razdn

lit’ter, s .

,lechigada , camada

lit’

tle, a .

, poco, escaso, pequefio;

adv., poco, escasamente

live, ma, vivir, habitar; there

— d, vivia;tQ 6p tQ, cumplir,efectuar

Vida , manteniHve’lihded, s .

,

miento

lives, pl. de lifelive

’st6ck , s .

, ganado

liv’ing, s .

,Vida

,subsistencia

16af of bread, s .

,hogaza de

pan

le’

c51, a .

,local

,regional

16e5l’ity, s .

,localidad

l6’célized, a .

,localizado

l6’

e5te , ma, colocar, situar

1665’tion , s .

,ubicacién

,sitio

16ck , s .

,rizo

, cabello

16f’

tier, a .

,més elevado

16g, s .

, palo, tronco;

cabafia rtistica

l6’

gic5lly, ada ,légicamente

L6n’d6n , Londres

16ne'ly, a .

,solitario

,solo

,aban

donado

l6ne’some , a .

,solitario

,triste

16ng, a .

,largo, de largo; S6

tanto tiempo; 5 tim e 5g6’

,

hace mucho tiempo

longer comp . de 16mg;n6 ya no (en sentidonegativo)any [en

'

y] més'

(eh sentido

temporal)L6ng

’féll6w,

Hén’

ry W5ds’w6rth

(1807 poeta americano

lo‘

6k , s .

,m irada; 072

,mirar

,ver;

to 5t, mirar; to fer, bus

car; tQ f6r’w5rd tQ, contar

con el tiempo; tQ it 6’ver,

inspeccionarlo tQ 6n 0 ep6u’

,

considerar,ser espectador; tQ

out f6r, cuidarse (de)lcfi se

’ly- knit, a .

,flojamente unido

l6rd’ship, s .

,sefiorio

,sefioria

,ex

celencia

l6re , s .,erudicién , conocimientos

VOCABULARIO 191

me (l6st, l6st) , perder, hacer

perder

l6ss, s ., pérdida

16st, pret. y pp . de tQme

l6t, s .,suerte, destino, porc1on

l6ts of [6V] , mucho, muchos

loud, a .,en alta voz

U V ’ 0

LQuisian a, Luisiana

love , ma, amar, querer, gustar de;

'

6

s .

,amor; tQ fall in enamo

rarse

16ve’1y, a .

,hermoso

,atractivo

,

deleitoso

l6w, a .,bajo; adv.

,bajamente

,

sumisamente

_

16w’er, mx, bajar, di sminuirse Q

loy’5l, a .

,leal

,devoto

loy’

51ty, s .,lealtad

lfib’berly, a .

,torpe

~ (aplicase gene

ralmente a los marineros de agua

dulce) Q

hi ck , s .

,suerte

,ventura; g66d

fortuna,feliz casualidad

lfim’ber, s .

,madera

,maderaje

hing, s .

, pulmén

lfirk , mx, esconderse

liix’firy, s .

,lu jo

,fausto

ly’ing, a .

,si-tuado; gerundio de

tQ lie

M

M 5cD6n’5ld, Geerge (1824

poeta y novelista escocés

m5ghin’

ery, s .,maquinaria

m5d, a .

,loco

m5de , pret. y pp . de tQ m5k e

M 5g’

d5line , M agdalena

m5gnet’ie, a .

,magnético, atrae

tivo

m5z'

d, s .

,criada , muchacha

m5 id’en , s .

, doncella, joven sol

tera

m5 il, s .,correo;a .

,de correo;mx,

echar al correo

m5 in , a .

, principal, mayor

M 5 ine, Maine

m5 z'

nt5 in’

, 1m ,mantener

m5j’esty, s .

,majestad

m5’

16r, on ,especializar

m5j6r’ity, s .

,el mayor nfimero

,la

mayoria

m5ke (m5de , m5de) , hacer, cau

sar,crear

,fabricar; tQ 5

fine sh6w, (5 geed sh6w, o 5

sb6w) , hacer gala de,hacer

gran papel; tQ 5 h6me, es

tablecer su hogar; tQ 5 law,

redactar um estatuto; tQ 5

speech , pronunciar un discurso;

to 5mends’, dar cumplida

satisfaccién; tQ 5n end of,

acabar; tQ kn6wn , hacer

conocer; to pr6g’ress , pro

gresar; tQ room , hacer lugar;

tQ 6p one’s [wen s] mind,

resolver,determinar; tQ

fise of, servirse de; tQ

up6n’

guerrear contra; tQ

wel’ceme , dar la bienvenida

m5k e’—believe’

s .

,artificio

, pre

texto

m5le , s .,var6n

m51’ice , s malicia, mala inten

ci6n

m5n (pl. men) , s .

,hombre;

y6ung un jovenm5n’

5ge , on ,manejar

,dirigir

m5n'5gement, s .

,direccién

, go

bierno, gerencia

m5u’5ger, s .

, gerente, administra

dor

192 VOCABULARIO

m5n’k ind, s .

,humanidad

m5n’ner, s .

,manera

,modo

,cos

tumbre

m5n’ners, s .

,modales

,compor

tamiento

m5n’6r, s . y a .

,feudo; house,

finca solariega

m5u’sion , s .

,merada, residencia

m5n’

1‘

151, a .

,manual; w6rk o

l5’ber, obra manual

m5n1'

1f5e’ture, on ,

fabricar, hacerm5n1

'

1f5e’turing, a .

,fabril

,in

dustrial; s .

,fabricacién ,

in

dustria

m5n’

fiseript, s .,manuscrito

many pl. de mfich,muchos; S6 tantos; ver

'

ymuchisimos

march, s .,marcha

,adelanto

m5r’gin , s .,margen ,

borde,orilla

M 5r’i5n , M ariana

m5rk , on ,marcar

,caracterizar

m5r’ket, s .

,mercado; on

,llevar o

vender al mercado

m5r’keting, s .

,compra o venta en

el mercado

m51’riage, s .,

casam iento,

nup

cias

m5r’ry, vr.,casar

,casarse con

M 5r’th5 , Marta

m5r’

ti51, a .

,marcial

, guerrero

m5r’tin , s .

,avi6n

m5r’vel, s .

,maravilla

, prodigio

m5r’velofis , a .,maravilloso

mass , s .

,masa

,montén

m5s’

sive, a .

,macizo

, pesado

m5st, s ., palo, m5stil; bellota,

fabuco

mas’ter, s .,amo

,sefior;

Arts , maestro en artes

m5s’tery, s .

, dominio

of f5ct, en

m5tch’less , a .

,incomparable, sin

igual

m5te, s . , consorte, c6nyuge

mate’ri5l, s .,material

,materia;

raw materia prima

m5te’ri5listic, a .

,materialistico

m5te’ri5lly, adv.

,materialmente,

esencialmente

me’tren , s .

,matrona

,madre de

familiam5t

’ier, s .

,asunto;

realidad

M 5y, mayo

m5y, puede; auxiliar de subjun

tivo

m5g’

be, ada , tal vez , quizé.

M 5y’fl ower, nombre de la nave de

los Puritanos

me , pron ,me, a m i

meal, a .

,comida (en general)

mean (meant, meant) , querer

decir; proponerse

means , s .,medio

,manera

,ins

trumento;by n6 de ningi’

in

modo

meat, 8 . cam e,vianda

meat’-

pack’ing, s .

,industria, de

carnes en conserva

med’igine , s .

,medicina

meet (met, met) , encontrar, dar

con; juntarse; tQ t eth’

er,

reunirse; to with, dar con

meet’ing, s .

,junta

,asamblea,

reunién,sesién

mele’diofis , a .

,melodioso

melt, ma , derretir, licuar

mem’ber, s .

,socio

,miembro, in

dividuo

mem’bership, s .

, calidad de miem

bro 0 socio

men, pl. dem5n

194 VOCABULARIO

m6n6p’6lize , oh ,

monopolizarm6n’

ster, s .

,monstruo

menth , s .,mes

m66d, s .,humor

,disposicién de M i

animo

moon , s .;luna

m6'

6n’

beam , s .

,rayo de luna

m6'

en’- ser5p, s .

, pedazo de lunam6r

’5l

, a .

,moral

m6re , a . y adv.

,mas

,comp . de

mfich; two years, dos anos

mas

m6rc’s, cont. de m6re ismem ’

ing, s .

,mafiana; in the

por la mafiana; the next

la mafiana siguiente

m6r’t5l, a .,mortal

M 6’ses , M oises

m6st, sup. de miich, el mas,la

mayor parte

meth’

er, s .

,madre

me’tion pic

’ture, s .

,cinematé

grafom6

’tionless , a .,inmévil

m6’tive , s .,motivo

,causa

me’t6r, s .

,motor

,m5quina; a . ,

motriz; 7m,Viajar o pasearse en

automévil

mount, mu, subir, ascender

M oun t Ver’nen , casa solariega de

s hington

moun’tain , s .

,montana

,monte,

sierra

mount’ed, a .,montado a

m6urn , vr .,llorar, deplorar

mouth , s ., boca , mueca

v e, m ,moverse, mudar, tras

ladar

v ed, a ., persuadido, conmovido

v e’ment, s .

,movimiento, mar

cha

v’ies , s .

,cinemategrafo

v’ing, a .

,movedizo, continua

tiy o

M r. (M is ter) , sefior

M r. Leng T5 i1, El sefiorRabilargo

M rs . (M is’sis) Speck

’les, la se

nora M anchitas

mfich, a . y ada,mucho; t(fi)

demasiado; S6 tanto; 5s

5s, tanto como

mfid’

dy, a .

, barroso, lodoso, sucio

Mfil’lens, Prisgil’l5, nombre pro

pio

miil’

tiply, 1m , multiplicartse)mfil’titfide, s .

,multitud

, sin

n 1’

1mero

mfinigip5l’

ity, s .

,municipalidad

mfir’der, oh ,asesinar

miist, verbo defectuoso, tener que,haber de

, deber, deber de; we

m5k e tip our minds, tenemos que resolver; seme

'thing

be d6ne , hay que hacer algo;

h5ye , hubiera debido (de)mfis’ty, a .

,mohoso

,afiejo

mfi't1'

151 a .

,mutuo

mfit’ter, or.

,decir entre dientes

my, a .

,mi

,mis

myself’

, pron . refl .,mi mismo

mys’tery, s .

,misterio

N

115 11 , s .

,ufia; tQ hl6w his so

plar con el aliento para calentar

los dedos

n5me, s .,nombre, apellido; the

firm razon social;by the

oi , llamado; vr.

,nombrar

,

poner nombre

n5med, a .

, llamado

VOCABULAR IO

n5p, s ., siesta; tQ teke 5'

dormitar

n5rr5’

tion , s .,narracién ,

relacién

n5r'r5tive, a .

,narrativo

n5r’r6w, a .

,angosto, estrecho

n5’

tion, s .

,nacién

n5’tion51, a .

,n acional

n5’tive , a .

,nativo

,natal

n5t’ur5l, a .

,natural

n5t’ur5list, s .

,naturalista

n5t’ur5lly, adv.

,naturalmente

u5’

ture, s .

,naturaleza

naught, s .

,nada

n5’yy (pl. n5

’vies) , s .

,armada

N . C. , abrewlatura de N6rth C5r6

li’n5

near, ada , cerca;prep ,cerca de

near’

by, a .,cercano, inmediato

near’ly, adv.

,casi, poco mas o

menos

ne’

gess5rily, adv ,necesariamente

ne’

cess5ry, a .,necesario

neces’sity, s .

,necesidad

neck , s .,cuello

, pescuezoneed, s .

,necesidad, urgencia;

mm,necesitar, carecer de; yofi

n6t hé —fineas’

y, no hay que

estar inquieto

need’le , s .

, agujane er, con t. de nev

’er

V

neg’ligenge, s .

,negligencia

ne’

gre, s . y a .

,negro , etiope

ngigh’ber, s .

, vecino, préximo

ngigh’b6ring, a .

, vecin al, comar

cano

ngigh’beur, modo inglés de es

cm'

bir ngigh’ber

né it—h’er (o neith

’er) , conj .,

mi;ner, ni ni

nerve, s .

,nervio;

—s, neuras

195

nest, s .,nido

net’werk , s .

,red

nefi’tral, a .

,indefinido, pardusco

nev'er, ada ,

nunca

nev’er- end

’

ing, a .,continuo

,sin

fin

nev’

er- tQ- be—f6rg6t

’ten, a .

,inol

Vidable

nevertheless’

, ada, y conj .

,no

obstante,sin embargo

new, a .

,nuevo

,reciente

new’

- b6rn , a ., recién nacido

New England Nueva

InglaterraNew Or

’lean s, Nueva Orleans

New Yerk, Nueva York

news , s .

,noticias

,nueva;

c6l’1imns, gacetilla

news’

p5per, s .

, periédico; daz’ly

diario

next, a .

,siguiente, préximo; adv. ,

después, enseguida; tQ,

junto a, al lado de

nice , a .

,fino

,delicioso

, gustoso,

simpatico

night, s .

,noche; 5t de noche;

last anoche

night’fall, s .

,anochecer

night'ly, adv.

,todas las noches,

nocturnamente

night’time, s .

,noche, de noche

nine, nueve

nine’tieth , noventavo, noventa

nine'ty, noventa

nip, vr.,morder escarchar

n6, ada,no; a . , ningun (o);

one [wfin] , nadien6

’ble, a .

,noble

n6d, 1m ,cabaceai

noise, s .

,ruido

,son

n6m’in5te, mx, nombrar

196 VOCABULARIO

n6min5’tion , s .

,nombramiento,

propuesta

n6m’inee, s .

,candidato

n6n - fr5ter’nity, a .

, que no pertenece

a las fraternidades

n6ne, pron , nadie, ninguno

n6t , conj ., ni

n6r’m5l, a .

,normal

n6rth , s . y a .,norte;

norte de

n6rth’ern , a .

, septentrional, del

norte

n6rth’west, s .

,noroeste; s5 il

’in g

navegando hacia el noroeste

n6se , s . ,nariz

n6s’tril, s . nariz ,ventana de lanariz

n6t, ada ,no

n6’t5ble, a .

,notable

n6te , s .

,nota

,apuntacién ;sonido

musical

n6th’

ing, s .

,nada

n6’

tige, on , notar, observar; s .

,

aviso

n6’tige5b1e, a .

,reparable, percep

tible

n6’

tion , s .,noci6n

, percepcién; tQ

her segi’

m su parecer

N6’v5 Zem

’bl5 , Nueva Zembla

u6v’el, s .

,novela

N6vem’ber, noviembre

now, ado.

,ahora

n6’where , ode ,

en ninguna parte

nfim’ber s .

,n 1

’

1mero

nfi’merous , a .

,numeroso

n6t, s .

,nuez

0

60 k , s .,encina

,roble

6ar, s .,remo

60 th (pl. 6aths) , s .,juramento ,

blasfemia

e6urse, por

Q

6bd1‘

1’r5te , a .

,obstinado

6b’

jeet, s .

,objeto

, proposito

6blig5’tion , s .

,obligacién , deber

6bliv’

i6n , s .

,olvido

6bn6x’iofis , a .

,ofens ivo

, aborre

cible

6bserv’5nge , s .

,observancia

,cum

plimiento

6bserve’

, 7172,observar; guardar,

cumplir

6bt5 in’

, on ,obtener

6b’viofis , a .

,obvio , manifiesto

6ce5’

sion , s .

,ocasi6n; 1m

,ocasio

nar, causar

6e’cfipy, 672

,ocupar,

’

emplear;

estar instalado en

6ccfir’

, ma , ocurrir, suceder

ocean s .

,océano

6'd6r, s .

,olor

,aroma

6’er, cont. de 6

’ver

of [6V] , prep , de;

supuesto

6f’

fer, on ,ofrecer; tQ 5t, tratar

de; s .,oferta

,ofrecim iento

6f’

fige , s .,ministerio

, cargo, com

pania

6f’

figer, s .,oficial

,fun cionario

6 fi’ci51, a .

,oficial

,autorizado

6fi’

set, balancear, contra

pesar

6ft, forma poetica de 6f’

ten

6f’ten , ada ,

a menudo

0g’den , una ciudad de II’tah

6h, interj .

, ioh l

0hi Ohio

oil, s .

, petroleo, aceite

0 . K. , visto bueno

61d, a .,anciano

,Viejo, antiguo;

de edad; 5n wom’

5n , una

vieja; 5n m5n , un viejoo’m5b a una ciudad de Nebr5s

'k5

198 VOCABULARIO

6wn ,a .

, propio , m ismo;

poseer, ser duefio de

6wn’er

,s ducho

6x (pl. ox s .

,buey

p5ge , s .

, paso

P5gif’

ie, Pacifico

p5ck , s .

,110

,fardo; h6rse , ace

mila,caballo de carga

p5ge , s .

, p5gina

p5 id, pret. y pp . dc to pey

p5 i1, s .

,cubo

p5 in , s .

,dolor

, pena

p5 in'

ful, a .

,doloroso, penoso

p5ir, s .

, par, pareja

p5l’5ce , s .

, palacio

F5n’5ma

,Panama

p5ndem6’ni5m , s .

, batahola, ba

raunda

par, s .

,equivalencia, nivel; 6n

5 with,igual a ,

5 1 par de

p51"5gr5ph , s .

, parrafo

p5rallel’

, s . y a .

, paralelo

p5r'ent, s .

, padre o madre;

padre y madre

park , s .

, parque

P5r’1iament, parlamento

p5r’son , s .

,clérigo, parraco, cura

p5rt, s .

, parte, trozo; deber,

obligacién; 6n the of, de

parte de; to p15y 5 hacer um

papel; oh, partir; tQ with

,

deshacerse de

p5rt5k e’

(p5rt66k’

, part5k’en ) of,

participar de, tener parte en,

tomar parte

p5r’ti511y, adv , parcialmente

p5rti’

cip5te, mx, participar

parti’

gipant, s .

, participante

p5rtie’1'

115r, s .

,especial, preciso

p5rt’

ly, adv.

, en parte

p5rt’ner, s .

, socio, compafiero

p5r’ty, s .

, partido, partida, bando,faccién; tertulia

p5ss , w .

, pasar atravesar, escapar;

tQ 5n ex5min5’

tion , salir

aprobado eu un examen; tQ

5 law, estatuir; tQ by,

pasar por el lado o cerca; tQ

6’ver, atravesar

, pasar por

encima; 5 law mfist um

proyecto debe aprobarse

p5s’s5ge , s .

, pasaje, incidentep5s

’senger, s . y a .

, pasajeropass

’

ing , a .

,aprobado, que pasa

p5st, a .

, pasado, 1’

11timo; s .

, pa

sado

p5s’ture, s .

, pasto , pradera, de

hesa

p5ter’n5l, a .

, paternal, paterno

path (pl. p5ths) , s .,senda

, sendero,

camino r1’

1stico

p5’tient, a .

, paciente , asiduo

p5’tri6t, s .

, patriota

p5t'tern , wt

,copiar, servir de

ejemplo to 516ng’the

s5me gen eral lin es , seguir en

g eneral el mismo modelo

p5vc , wa , pavimentar; tQ the

w5y, facilitar o abrir el cam ino

p5y (p5 id, p5 id) , pagar, remunerar,tQ best, valer mejor; to

trib’fite, encomiar

p5y’

ing, a .

, ganancioso, prove

choso

p5y’

ment, s . , pago, recompensa

peage, s . paz

peage’ful, a .

,tranquilo

peach , s .

,melocoton

,durazno

peage’fully, odn ,

tranquilamente

VOCABULAR IO

peck , s .

,medida. de dridos

,

litros

pecfili5r’ity, s .

, peculiaridad

ped’dler, s .

,buhonero

,baratillero

peel, s .

,corteza, cascara

peep, 1272,atisbar, mirar a hur

tadillas

ciudad de China

pen , s ., pluma (para escrz

'

bir)

pen’n5nt, s .

,bandera

pen’sive , a .

, pensativo, medita

bundo

peo’

ple, s ., gente, pueblo, vulgo

pep’- meet

’ing, s .

,reun io

’

n que se

convoca eh las un iversidades l

para despertar cl entu siasmo del

cuerpo estudiantil

pep’

per, s .

, pimienta , chili,aji

pergeive’

, 1m ,fi ercibir,compren

der

percent’age , s .

, (tanto) por ciento

perfeet’

, wt , perfeccionar

perfec’tion , s . , perfeccién

perh5ps’

, ada ,tal vez , quiza

pé ri6d, s .

, periodo ,tiempo

per’ish , mu, perecer, morir

per’iloiis , a .

, peligroso, aventurado

per’m5nent, a .

, permanente

permit’

,on

, permitir, autorizar

perpendic’fil5r, s .

,linea perpen

dicular

perplex’ity, s .

, perplej idad , duda

per’

sen , s .

, persona ,individuo

per'sen5l, a .

, personal, particular

pers6n5l’ity, s .

, personalidad,

individualidad

per’s6n5lly, adv.

, personalmente

persu5de’

, mx, persuadir

pert5 in’ing, a .

, perteneciente

pest, s ., plaga, peste

Pe’ter Pi

’

per, Pedro el Flautista

199

high,

peti tion ,s .

, petici6n ,memorial,

oficio; ma , dirigir un memorial

pet‘ty, a .

, pequefio , insignificante

pew, s .

,banco de iglesia

ph5n’

t6m s fantasma

phese, s .

,fase

phen6m’en6n (pl. phen6m

’en5) ,

s .

,fendmeno

Phil5del’

phi5 , una ciudad dePenn

sy1v5’

ni

5

Phil’

lippme Is’15nds, Islas fili

pinas

phil6s’6phy, s .

,filosofia

phoe’

be b ird, s .

,febe

ph6t6g’r5pher, s . fot6grafo

physi’c15n , s .

,medico

pick , on ,coger, recoger; tQ

escoger, elegir

pick’led, a .

,encurtido

pic’nicking, gerundio, ir de romeria

pic’ture , 1m

, pin tar, dibu jar; s .

,

cuadro,

escena; tQ m5k e 5

ffin’ny ser muy cémico

picturesque’

, a .

, pintoresco

pie , s ., pastel, empanada

piege , s .

, pedazo, afiico

pig, s .

,cerdo j oven

, puerco; co

chino

pile, s .

,monten

piled, a .

,amontonado;

amontonado muy alto

Pil’

grim , s .

, peregrino

pi’let, s .

, piloto

pinch , on , pellizcar

pi6neer’

, s .

,descubridor, explo

rador (especialmente eh el sentido

de emigmr a vivir en una reg't'

o'

n

nuevo)

pi’ofis , a .

, piadoso, devoto

pipe , a ., pipa para fumar

,cachim

ba; tubo, cafieria

200 VOCABULARIO

pitch , s .,tono

pit’

y, s .

,lastima;what 5 i que

lastima l

plai ce, s .

,lugar, sitio , destino;ma ,

colocar; tQ t5k e suceder,

verificar(se)

pl5 in , s .,llano

, pampa; a .

,claro

,

puro

p15 z’

n’ly, ada ,

claramente,sencilla

mente

pl5n , s . , plan , proyecto; 1m ,idear,

proyectar

pl5ne , s .,rango, plano

pl5nt, 072, sembrar, plantar; s .

,

fabricapl5nt5

’tion , s .

,hacienda

p15te, s .

, plato

p15y, mx, jugar; tQ 5 part, hacer

nu papel; s .

,juego, recreo

,

ejecucién

p15y’

er, s .

,jugador

pl5y’

ground, s .

, patio de recreo

plead’

ing, s .

,alegato, defensa

please , mx, agradar, gustar;

be ver’

y 5tten’

tive , haga (n ) el

favor de prestar atencién

pleased, a .

,agradecido, compla

oido, satisfecho

pleas’ure , s .

, gusto , placer

pledge, ma, prometer,comprome

terse

plen’tiful, a .

,abundante

plight, s .

,apuro

plow (también escrito plough) , s .

,

arado; on,arar

Ply’moiith R6ek , la roca de los

Peregrinos

P6c5h6n’t5s (1595 prin

cesa indict de Virginia

p6ck’et, s . , bolsillo

p6’et, s .

, poeta

1m m1n

peet’ie, a .

, poético

point, s .

, punto, punta; puerto;

oh, sefialar

,apuntar; tQ

out, sefialar

poi’

sc‘

med, envenenado

poi’

senofis , a .

,venenoso

p6l’igy, s curso 0 plan de accién

p6'

lite’

, a .

,cortés

,bien educado

p6lit’ical

, a .

, politico

p6liti’

c15n, s .

, politico, estadista

p61’ities , s .

, politica

p61] , ma, dar o recibir votos,votar

en las elecciones

p611s, s .

,colegio electoral

Pen’

gg d_e Le6n

’

(1460

Ponce de Le6n

p6'ny, s .

, potro, caballito;

express’

, servicio de correo por

medio de j tnetes

p6'

61, s .,charco; swim ming

piscina de natacién

poor, a .

, pobre, estéril

p6p1'

115’tion , s .

, poblacién ,habi

tantes

p6p’filofis , a .

, populoso

p6roh , s .

, pertico , entrada

p6r’tion , partir, repartir

P6r’t6 Rie

’6, Puerto Rico

Pertfiguese’

, s .

, portugués

p6ssess’

, ma, poseer, tener

p6s’sible, a .

, posible

p6s’sibly, ado.

, posiblemente

p6st, s .

, puesto, cargo

pes’

t5l, a .

, postal

p6st’6ffige, s .

,casa de correos ,

administracién de correos

p6t5’

t6 (pl. p6t5’

t6es) , s ., patata,

papa

p6t6n’

ti51, a ., potencial, posible

P6t6’11156 Riv

’er, el entre Vir

gin’i5 y M 5

’ryl5nd

202 VOCABULARIO

prize , or.

,estimar

,valuar

pr6b’5ble, a .

, probable

pr6b’5bly, adv.

, probablemente

pr6b5’tion , s .

, prueba, ensayo

pr6be mx,

explorar, es

cudrifiar

pr6b’lem , s .

, problema

pr6ge’dfire [o pr6ee

’

jfire] , s .

, pro

ceder, procedimiento

pr6ceed’

,1m

, seguir, continuar Q

pr6’

ges s , s .

, procedim iento, curso

pr6ges’sion , s .

, procesién

pr6el5 im’

, w .

, proclamar

pr6d1'

1ge'

,mx

, producir, manu

facturar,exhibir

pr6d’iiet, s .

, producto

predfic’tion ,

s .

, produccién

pr6dfie’

tive , a .

, productivo, pro

lifico

pr6fes’sion , s .

, profesién

pr6fes’sion5l, a .

, profesional, facultativo

pr6fes’36r, s .

,catedratico

, pro

fesor

pr6f’it, s .

, ganancia, provecho;072 ,

sacar utilidad o provecho

pr6f’it5ble, a .

, provechoso, venta

joso

pre’

gr5m , s .

, programa, plan

pr6g’

ress , s .

,adelanto

, progreso

pregress’

, or.

, progresar

pr6m’ise , on , prometer

pr6m6te’

, vn , promover

pr6mpt, or. impulsar, mover

pr6nounge mx, pronunciar;fallar

pro_

of, s .

, prueba

pr6p’er

, a .

, propio, conveniente;

to be convenir

pr6p’erly, ada ,

correctamente

pr6p6r’

tion5te , a .

, proporcionado

pr6p6se’

, 072 , proponer

pr6s’

per, ma , hacer medrar, pros

perar

pr6sper’ity, s .

, prosperidad

pr6sfperofis , a .

, pr6spero; felizpr6s

’.tr5te, or.

, prostrarse

pr6teet’

, proteger

pr6tee’

tive , a .

,

'

protectivo

proud, a .

,orgulloso

proud’

ly, odn ,orgullosamente

pe e, mu, probar; resultar

pr6vide’

, proveer; habilitar, esti

pular

pr6vi’

sions, s .

,comestibles

, pro

Visionespr6xim

’ity, s . , proxim idad, cer

cania

pru’de-nge , s .

, pruden cia , cordura

pfib’

lie,a .

, publico , com iin ;

r6ad, cam ino real; s .

, plibli co

pfiblie5’tion , s . , publicacién , perie

dico,revista

pfib’liely, ode

, piiblicamente, en

piiblico

pfib’

li sher, s .

,editor

,casa edito

rial

pfid’

dle , s . ,charco

pfiff, s .,resoplido, bufido

pull, s .,influjo , influen cia; 7m

,

tirar; to out, arrancar, sa

car; tQ the 6ar, remar

pl‘

imp’kin , s . , calabaza

pfir’

ch5 se , wm, comprar, mercar

p6r’

ch5sing, s . ,compra , adquisi

ci6n

pfire’ly, adv.

, puramente,entera

mente

pfirge , 072 , purgar, purificar

Pfir’

it5n , s . y a ., puritano

pfir’

ple, a .

, purpiireo, morado

pfir’

pose , s .

, proposito ,fin

,objeto

pfirsfie’

, t’T .

, perseguir, dar caza

VOCABULARIO

pfirsfiz’

t’

, persecucién

push , 672 , empujar; tQ 6n , ade

lantarse dando . empujones, se

guir camino

put (put, put) , poner; 19

around’

, cercar; to ferth ,ejercer, emplear; to in

mind, hacer recordar; tQ

out, apagar; tQ tQ death ,

ejecutar; tQ tQ flight, poner

eu fuga; to through, hacer

efectivo; tQ tip, conservar

pfiz’zled, a .

,confundido

Q

qu5 int’ly, ada , de un modo raro

Qu5’ker, s .

,cuaquero (secta reli

giosa )

qu51’

ity, s ., calidad, cualidad

qu5n’

tity, s .

,cantidad

quar’

rel, on ,refiir

quar’ter, s .

,cuarto

, distrito

queen , s .

,reina

quest, s .

,busca

ques’tion , s .

, pregunta; cuestion ,

asunto; 5 of time , en poco

tiempo; oh , preguntar, dudar

qui ck , a .

,rapido, Vivo; 5gil

quick’ly, adv.

, prontamente, con

presteza, aprisa

Quin'

gy, nombre prop'io

quite , ado.

,muy, bastante , entera

mente

qu6t5’tion , s .

,cita

r5ge, s .

,raza; carrera

,corrida

r5’ci5l, a .

, de razar5

’di5nt, a .

,radiante, resplande

ciente

203

m5te’

r5’di6, s .

,radio

r5ge, s .

,rabia, ira

r5 il’r6ad, s .

, ferrocarril, via férrear5 in , s .

,lluvia;mx, llover

r5 in’

y, a .

,lluvioso

r5 ise, 072,criar

, producir, culti

var; levantar,

alzar; tQ

mon’ey, juntar dinero , to

levantar,hacer levantar

r5 ised, a .

,alzado

r5 is’ing , s .

,

'

crianzar5ke , wu, rastrillar; tQ

sacar rastrillando; tQ

amontonar rastrillando

Ra’leighr S i

'

rWal’ter (1552

explorador y cortesano inglés

r5m’

bling , a .,serpenteante

r5m’

p5rt, s .

,terraplén ,

baluarte

r5n , pret. de tQ rfin

r5ng, pret. de tQ ring

r5nge , colocar, poner en fila;

‘

7

r5nk , s .

,rango, clase; mx, tener

o poner tal o cual grado o

clasificacién

r5p 5- t5p, sonido que hace el

zapatero d l hacer cl zapato

r5p’id , a .

,r5pido

r5pid’

ity, s .

,rapidez

r5p’

idly, ada ,r5pidamente

r5p’

ture , s .

,éxtasis , trasporte

r5s'c5l, s .

, picaro, tuno

r5t, s .

,rata

r5te, s .

,raz6n

, precio

r5th’er, ada ,

bastante ,m5s bien

r5t’ify, 7172 , ratificar, aprobar

raw,a .

,crudo

, pelado;

ri5l, materia prima

reach , or .,

alargar; alcanzar,

llegar a;tQ in’tQ, alcanzar a;

tQ out the h5nd, alargar o

204 VOCABULARIO

tender la mano; tQ w5y 6p,

tender lamano hacia arriba

read (read, read) , leer

read’er, s .

,lector;libro de lectura

read mg, s .,lectura

read’

y, a . ,listo

re’5l, a .

, verdadero

re5l’ity, s .

,realidad

re'5lize , on ,

realizar, darse cuenta

de

re'5

'

lly, ada ,efectivamente

, verda

deramente

reap, on ,cosechar

,segar

rear, s .,fondo

, parte posterior

rea’

sen , s .

,raz6n , causa

reb’el, a . y s .

,rebelde

,insurrecto

rebel’liofis , a .

,rebelde, sublevado

recall’

,ma

,recordar

,hacer recor

dar

receive’

,on

,recibir

,aceptar

re’

gent, a .

,reciente

,recién

re’

cently, adv.,recientemente

recep’tion , s .

,recibimiento

,recibo

rechri st’en , or.

,rebautizar

recoil’

, mx, retroceder, retirarse

rec6llect’

,wz

,recordar, acordarse

rec’6ngile, or .

,reconciliar

ree6ngili5’tion , s .

,reconciliacién

rec6n str5c’tion , s .

,reestableci

m iento,reconstruccién

recount’

,mx

,referir

,detallar

recov’er, 072 , recobrar; recuperar

recre5’tion , s .

,recreo

red, a .,encarnado

,rojo

redfige’

, on ,reducir

reel, s .

,carrete

,rollo (eh el

cinema,cada uno de los rollos o

de peltculas)re- elee

’tion , s .

,reeleccién

re- en’try, s .

,segunda entrada

ref'

m’ery, s .

,refineria

refine’ment, s .

,refinamiento;gen

tileza

refit’, on ,reparar

reflect’ed, a .

,reflejado

ref6rm’

, s .,reforma

refr5 in’

, 1m ,refrenar(se)

reffise’

, ma, rehusar

reg5rd’ing, prep ,

respecto a

reg5rd’less of[ev] , no obstante de

re’

gi6n , s .

,regic

’

m

regret’

, s .

, pena, pesadumbre; 1m,

sentir

reg’fil5ted, a .

,regularizado, or

demado

reign , s .

,reinado

rejoige’

, on ,regocljar, alegrar

re15te’

, 2m ,referir

,contar

relent’less , a .

,implacable

relieved’

, a .,libertado

,exim ido

reli’

gi c'

m, s .,religién

reli’

gioiis , a .

,religioso

relin’

quish , 2772 , ceder, abandonar

rely’

, ma, confiar, fiarse de

t em5 in’

,1m

, quedar, permanecer;

it —ed i6r 5 lit’

fle girl, le t0 c6 a

una nifia

remark’

, mx, advertir, observar;decir

rem5rk’5ble , a .

,reparable, nota

ble

rem’edy, s .

,remedio

remem’ber,

’DT.

, recordar,

acor

darse de Fr5nk’lin will l6ng be

— ed, Franklin sera recordado

por mucho tiempo

rem6n’str5nge , s .

, protesta

rem6n strete, 072 , protestar

rem6te’

, a .

,distante, lejano

ren’der, on

, suministrar, prestar,

verter; tQ asfin’der, separar

con violencia

206 VOCABULARIO

bueno,bien; derecho; ada

,

exactamente

right’ly, adv.

,debidamente

rig’6r0 1

‘

is , a .,rigoroso, severo

rill, s .,riachuelo

,arroyuelo

rim, s .,canto

,cerco

,borde

ring (t 5ng, rfing ) , sonar;repicar

R16 Gran ’ds [0 R16 5 r5nde] , R io

grande del norte

rise (r6se , ris’en ) , levantarse

risk , s ., peligro, riesgo;mx, arries

gar, aventurar

ri’v51, s .

,rival

,competidor

ri’v51ry, s .

,rivalidad

,competencia

fiv’er, s .

,rio

riv’et, 072

,remachar

,redoblar;

tQ tip, asegurar

r6ad, s .

,camino; pfib

’

lic ca

mino real

rear, s .,rugido, bram ido

r6ast, a . y s .

,asado;

—pig, puerco

asado; D72, asar (d l horno)

r6b’in , s .

, petirojor6ek , s .

,roca

, pefiasco

r6ck’et, s .

,cohete

,volador

r6ok’

y, a .

,rocoso

, pefiascoso

R6ck’

y M oun’tain s, Montanas

Roquefias

regue , s .

,bribén

, picaro , tunante

r6’

guish, a .

, picaresco

r6ll’ing, a .

,ondulado

ro‘

om,

a .

,cuarto

,sala; causa

,

ocasion; tQ m5ke hacer

lugar

r6pe , s .

, soga, cordajer6s

'tr1

‘

im, s .

,tribuna

r6t5’tion , s .

, rotacién; er6p

rotaci6n de cultivos

rofigh - 5nd- tfim’ble, a .

,tosco

,duro

,

tempestuoso

round, a .,redondo, esférico;llano

s .

,ruta

,via

,

rou s’ing, a .

,excitante

, provo

cante; animado

route [0 route] ,curso

r6w, s .

,hilera

,fila

roy’5l

, a .

,real, regio

rude, a .

,rudo

,brusco, grosero;

tosco

rfig’

ged, a .

,5spero , abrupto, in

culto

ru’

in , s .

,ruina

ru’in ed, a .

,arruinado

rule, s .

,regla, regimen

, gobierno;

tQ m5k e 5 imponer (se) una

regla;5s 5 por regla general;

on, gobernar, dominar

riin (r5n , tiin ) , correr;tQhu ir

,escaparse; tQ

correr peligro

rfin , s .

,corrida

,curso

,jornada

ru’r51, a .

,rural

,campesino

riish , mx, arroj arse , abalanzarse;tQ out, salir precipitadamente

rfis’set, bermejo

, burdo

Rfis’

si5 , Rusia

s5ck , s .

,costal, saco

s5d, s .

,triste

, pesaroso

s5fe , a .,seguro, salvo

s5ge , s .

, sabio, filésofo

said [sed] , pret. 31 pp . de tQ s5y;

it is se dice

s5 i1, - s .

,vela; mx, navegar, darse

a la vela; tQ 6n , navegar

sin cesar; tQ out of, salir de

s5k e : i6r the oi , por, a causa de

s51e , s .

,venta

salt, s ., sal

s5lv5’

tion , s ., salvacién

VOCABULAR IO

s5me , a . y s .

,mismo

,igual

S5n Fr5n9is’ce, San Francisco

s5ne, a .,cuerdo

,sano

s5ng, pret. de tQ sing

s5p, s .

, savia

s5t, pret. y pp . de tQ sit; down ,

se sent6; in 5 cir’

cle , estaban

sentados formando circulo

s5tisf5c’t6ry, a .

,satisfactorio, sufi

ciente

s5t’isfied, a .

,satisfecho

sauce’

p5n , s .

,cacerola

s5v’

5ge, a . y s .

,salvaje

s5ve , 672 , salvar

s5v’ings, s .

,ahorros

saw, pret. de tQ see; s .

, sierra,

serrucho

s5y (said [sed] , said decir

says [sez] , tercera jpersona de to

s5y

sc5le,s .,escala; balanza, bascula

se5nt’

y, a .

,escaso, limitado

se5rge , a .

,escaso

sc5rge’ly, adv.

,apenas

se5red, a .

,espantado, amedren

tado

se5t’

ter, 072 , esparcir, dispersar

scene, s .

,escena

, paisajescent, s .

,olfato; olor

scheme, s .

, plan , proyecto

sch6l’5r, s .

,alumno; sabio

,eru

dito

sch6l’5rship, s .

,saber, erudicién;

beca

sehcfi l, s .

,escuela; house ,

casa escolar; high escuela

secundaria,liceo; a .

,escolar

sch661’ing, s .

,instruccién (en una.

escuela )scho

‘

on’er, s .

, goleta, galera;pr5 i’

rie galera que usaban los

207

emigrantes para atrevesar los

llanuras del Oeste de los Estados

Unidos

sgi’enge , s .

,ciencia

sgientif’ic, a .

,cientifico

se6ld or .

,regafiar, refiir

sc6ld mg, s .

,regafio

sc6rch , on ,chamuscar

sea , s .

,mar

,océano

sea’m5n (pl. sea

’men ) , s .

,marino

search , 072,buscar; tQ f6r,

buscar; s .

,busca

sea’

sh6re, s .

, playa, orilla del mar

sea’son , s .

,estacién (del aha)

seat, s .

,asiento

,silla; tQ t5k e 5

b5ok quitarse del frentesegede

’

, ma, separarse

seges’

sion , s . , secesi6n

sec’ond, a . y s. ,

segundo

sec’

ond- el5ss’

, a .,de segunda clase

se’

cret, s .

,secreto

secret5’

ry, s .

,secretario;ministro

se’cretly, ada ,

secretamente,ocul

tamente

sect, s .

,secta

, partido

sec’

tion , s .

,seccién

,localidad

secfire’

, 072 , lograr, obtener , con

seguir

see (saw, seen ) , ver; to

creer oportuno; 6n

ver

seed, s .

,semilla

seek (s6ught, s6ught) , buscar,

solicitar; to her h5nd in

m5r’riage , pedir la mano

seek’er, s .

,buscador

seem ,1m

, parecer

seem’ingly, adv

,al parecer,

aparentemente

sel’dom , adv

,raramente, rara

vez

208 VOCABULARIO

select’

, or.,seleccionar;a .

,selecto

,

escogido

select’ed, a .

,seleccionado

,esco

gido

selec’tion , s .

,seleccién

,eleccien;

trozoself’- t eli’5nt, a .

,confiado en si

mismo

sell (s6ld, s61d) , vender;tQvender todo

sem’i- gir

’cle, s .

, semicirculo

sen’5te , s .

,senado

sen'5ter, s .

,senador

send (sent, sent) , mandar,enviar;

tQ f6r, buscar, mandar

venir; tQ 6’ver, enviar desde

otra parte

sen’i6r, s .

,alumna de cuarto aho

de bachi llerato en las escuelas

superiores de los Estados Unidos

sense, s .

,sentido

sense’less , a .

,insensato

,absurdo

sen’sible, a .

,sensible, cuerda

sent, pret. y pp . de to send; he

w5s tQ Fr5uge, se le envié a

Francia

sen’tenge , s .

,oracién ,

frasesep

’5r5te , a .

, separado

Septem’ber, septiembre

seren5de’

, s .

,serenata

se’

riofis , a .

,serio

, grave, verdadero

se riofisly, adv.

,seriamente; tQ

t5ke him self' ser hombre

serio

serv’

ige , s .,servicio

set, s .

, grupo, clase; juego;y6ung

’

er los j6venes o

menores de edad

set (set, set) , poner, colocar; tQ

aside’

, separar, destinar;

tQ f6rth , manifestar,exponer;

to out, ponerse en camino,

partir; tQ tQ werk , comenz ar

a trabajar; tQ 5p, establecer

set’tle, w. colonizar; tQ

down 0 back , asentarse, fijarseset

’tlement, s .

,colonizacién;po

blacién

set’

tler, s .

,colono

, poblador

sev’en , siete

sev’enty- three

’

, setenta y tres

sev’er5l, a .

,algunos , varios

severe’

, a .

, severo, riguroso

sew [s6] , or072,coser; tQ

geth’

eer, juntar cosiendosex, s .

,sexo

sh5de , s .

,sombra

sh5green’

, s .

, piel de zapa, lijashek e (sheek , shek

’en ) , sacudir;

tQ 611,librarse de; tQ

h5nds, darse uh apretén de

manos

Sh5k e’speare , W il’liam (1564

gran poeta y dramaturgo

inglés

sh5ll, verbo auxiliar us ado para

la.formacio’

n delfuturo

sh5l’16w,

a .

, somero, poco pro

fundosh5pe , mx, formar

, plasmar

sh51'e , 1m,compartir , participar;

s .

, parte, cuota; acci6n

sharp, a .

,agudo, puntiagudo

sh5rp’en , 072 , agu zar, ahlar

sh5rp’er, s .

,tahur, fullero

sh5rp’1y, odn ,

duramente

sh5y’

en , adj ,afeitado, rasurado

she, pron ,ella (se refiere solamente

a personas)shep

’

herd, s ., pastor, zagal

shil’

ling , s .

,chelin , (moneda 73n

glesa)

210 VOCABULAR IO

sledge , s .,macho

,mandarria

sleep (slept, slept) , dormir

sleep’er, s .

,coche dorm itorio

slight, menospreciar, des

preciar; a .

,leve

,ligero, fiojo

slip, W .,deslizar (se); resbalar

slew, a .

,lento

,torpe

sl6w’

ly, ode,despacio , lenta

mente; spread’

ing, que se

extiende lentamente

slfim’ber,

’

DT.,dorm itar

sly, a .

,astuto

,taimado

small, a ., pequefio, m enudo

smell, wz , oler, olfatear; s .

,olor

,

aroma

smelt, pret , forma an ttgua de

smelled

smi le , s .

, sonrisa

Smith , €5p’tain J6hu

explorador inglés

sm6k e, s .

,humo; on

,fum ar; tQ

5 pipe , fumar en cachimba

smek’ing, s .

,accién de fum ar;

she h5d nev’er seen him

sm6k’ing, nunca le habia visto

fumar; a .

,humeante

,humoso

smfi th’

- rfin’ning , a .

, que corre o

funciona con suavidad

su5ke , s .

,culebra

,serpiente

sn5re, s .

,lazo

,trampa

sneak (out) , on ,irse a hurtadillas

sn6b’bish , a .

,fachenda

sn6w, s .

,nieve

snfiff, s .

,rape, tabaco en polvo

S6, ada,asi, tal, tan (to); conj .

,

asi que, de manera que;

th5t, de manera que

s6’eial, a .

, social

se’ci5lizing, a .

,calidad de hacer

mats amigable y mutuamente co

operatioo

s6it, a .

, suave, blando

soil, s .

,terreno

, suelo

s6l’

5ge , ma ,solazar

,consolar

s6ld, pret. y pp ._de tQ sell

soldier [s6l’

jer s .

, soldado

s6le , a .

, lic ,solo

sele’ly, ado.

,solamente

, finica

mente

s6l’emnly, odn ,

santamente,seria

mente

s6l’itf1de, s .

,soledad

,Vida soli

taria

s6’

l6, s .

,solo (musica l)

s61ve , ma , resolver

seme , a .

,algun (o) , algo de

,un

poco de; pron ,alguno (s) ;

on e [wiin] , alguien , alguno

some’b6dy, s .

,alguien ,

alguna per

sona

some’thing, a .

,algo , algun a cosa;

mfist be d6ne , hay que

hacer algo

s6me’where , ode ,

en alguna parte

son s .

,hi jo

sen - ln - law,s .

, yerno, hIJO poli

tico 1

s6ng, s .

,cancién

,cantar

s6ng’ster, s .

,cantor

, p5jaro cantor

$ 66n , adv , pronto

sfi th’

ing , a .,calmante,consolador

s6ph’

6m6re , s .

,alumna de segundo

aha de bachillerato en las escue

las superiores de los Estados

Unidos

s6re’1y, adv.

,severamente, peno

samente

s6r6r’ity, s .

, sororidad, sociedad

escolar de nifias

s6r’76wfully, ode ,

tristemente

s6r’ry, a . , triste;to feel sentir

s6rt, s .,clase, género

VOCABULARIO 21 1

s6ught, pret. y pp. de to seek

sound, s .

,sonido, son; a .

,sano

,

'

5

bueno, puro

soup, s .

, sopa

sour, a .

,agrio, desabrido

s6urge, a .

,origen , procedencia;

fuente,causa

south , 8 . y a .

, sur

south’east, s .

, sudeste

seuth’

ern ,a .

,meridional

,del sur

s6v’ereign , s .

,soberano

s6v’ereignty, s .

,soberania

sp5ge , s .

,espacio, lugar

Sp5in , Espafia

sp5n , 1m,

alcan zar,

extenderse

sobre

adornado con lente

juelas; st5r adornado con

estrellas; S tar1

B5n’

ner, la

bandera de lof Esmdos Untdosde América

Sp5n’i5rd, s .

,espanol (persona)

Sp5n’ish , s . y a . espafiol;

Amer’ic5 , la America espafiola;

Amer’ie5n , hispanoameri

cano

Sp5n’ish - speak

’ing, a .

, de habla

espar‘

iola

Sp5re , 672 , perdonar, guardarsp5rk , s .

,chispa

Spark’ling, a .

,centelleante

,bri

llante

Sp5r'r6w, s .

, gorrién

speak (sp6k e, sp6k’en ) , hablar,

pronun ciar, decir

speak’er, s .

,orador; of the

House, presidente de la Cdmara

de Diputados del Congreso de los

Estados Unidos

spear, s .,lanza

, venablo

spe’ci5l, a .

,especial

spe cialist, s .

,especialista

spe C15lize , wz , especializarspe

’

cify, mx, especificarspec

’

t5ele, s .

,espectaculo, exhi

bicién;—s, gafas, anteojos

spee’1'

115te , mm,

especular;

flexionar

speefil5’tion , s . ,

especulacién

speech , s .

,discurso

,oraci6n; tQ

m5k e 5 pronunciar un dis

curso

speed, s .

,rapidez , velocidad

spel’ling, s . ortografia, deletreo

spend (spent, spent) , gastar,

pasar (tiempo)sphere [sfére] , s .

,esfera

,circulo

de accién

spied, pret. y pp. de tQ spyspik e , s .

, perno, gancho

spir’it, s .

,espiritu

spit, s .

,asador

spite, s .

,despecho; in

pesar de

splen’did, a .

,magnifico, esplen

dido

sp6k e, pret. de tQ speak

sp6k’en

, pp . de tQ speak ; are

se hablan; a .

,hablado

sp6k es’m5n , s .

,interlocutor, el

que habla en nombre de otro (s)sp6rt , s .

,juego , diversi6n

sp6t, s .

,sitio

,lugar

spread (spread, spread) , tender,extender

,desplegar, poner

spright’ly, a .

,alegre, Vivo

spring, s .

,manantial

,fuente;

primavera

spring (spr5ug, sprfing) , saltar,

brincar; tQ tip, brotar,

crecer

spat h , inn, desdefiar

212 VOCABULARIO

spy (spied, spied) , observar, co

lumbrar

S t. [S5int] Ives , nombre propioSt. [Seint] J5mes, Santiago

st5’

ble , s .

,establo

,cuadra

st5’difim , s .

,estadio

, compo atlético

donde ttenen lugar las carreras

y otros ejercicios gtmndsttcos de

una un iversidad

st5ff, s .

,cuerpo editorial

,cuerpo

de redactores

st5ge , vr.

,representar, poner en

escena

stall, s .

, pesebre, casilla de establo

st5mp, or. estampar, marcar

st5ud (stood, st6'

6d) , estar de pie ,

pararse, permanecer; tQ

5cc1'

1sed’

, estar acusado; to

i6r, representar, significar; tQ

out, destacarse, persistir;

tQ writ’

ten , hallarse escrito

st5nd’5rd, s .

,norma

,medida,

modelo; a .

, conforme a la

norma

st5nd’5rdize, mx, hacer conformar

a la norma

St5n’dish, €5p

’tain M iles (1584

capitcin de la colonia de los

Peregrinos

st5r, s .

,estrella

st5re , clavar o fijar la Vistast5rt, oh ,

comenzar, poner(se) en

marcha,funcionar; tQ

comenzar a funcionarst5rve, mm, morir de hambre

st5te , s .

,estado

st5t’ed, a .

,regular, periédico

st5te'h66d, s .

, calidad de estado

st5te’1y, a .

, soberbio, imponente

st5tes’m5n Cpl. st5tes

’men] , s .

,

estadista,hombre de estado

estereotipado ,

st5’

tioned, a .,colocado

,situado

st5tis’

tie51, a . , estadistico

st5y, 1m , quedar (se)steal (st61e , ste

’

len ) , hurtar, ro

bar; tQ tt ugh, deslizarsesin ruido

steel, s .

,acero

steep, s .

, precipicio

steer, mx, guiar, dirigir el rumbo;

tQ clear of, evitar

step, s ., paso; by gradual

mente,de modo racional; 1

~r.

,

caminar, pisar; tQ a16ng

’

,

avanzar dando pasos; tQ

b5ok , retroceder, volver atrés;

tQ fr6m , salir, apearse; tQ

6fi , desviarse, ponerse a un

lado

ster’eetyped, a .

,

clisado

stern , a .

,austero, severo

stick , s ., palo , basten

sti’fl e

, 1112 , sofocar ahogar (u sado

en sentido metaforico)stile , s .

, portillo con escalones

still, odn ,todavia

,aun

stim’1'

115te , vr.,estimular

sting (stfing, stfing) , picar; (eh

sentido vulgar) engafiar

stitch , coser,embastar

st6ck , s .

,linaje; ganado;

r5is’ing, crianza de ganadost6ck s , s .

,acciones, valores pfibli

cos

st6ne, s ., piedra; 1m

,apedrear

st66d, pret. y pp. de tQ st5nd

st6‘

op, 1m,doblar o in clinar el

cuerpo

st6p, 1m, parar(se) , detener (se);

cesar, dejar dest6re , s .

,tienda; gre

’

cery

214 VOCABULARIO

sfiffi’ciently, ode ,

suficientemente,

bastante

sugar- m5k

’ing [shu

'

g5r s .

,con

feccion de azficar

sugar- m5’p1e [shu

’

gar- j, s .

,arce

0 meple, especte de drbol cuyo.

savia produce el azwcar de arcesfiggest

’

,1m

,sugerir

sfiit, 1m ,convenir

, sentar

sfiit'5ble, a .

,adecuado

,conve

niente

siim’m5ry, s .

,sumario

,resumen

sfim’mer, s .

,verano

,estio

stim’men , citar,llamar

sfin ,s .,sol; went down , se

puso el sol

sfin’set, s .

,ocaso

, puesta del sol

siin’shin e , s .

,solana

,luz del sol;

15nd of tierra resplandeciente

sfipe’ri6r, a .

,superior

sfipervis’ien , s .

, superintendencia

sfi'

pinely, ado., boca arriba

,des

cuidadamente

siip’

per, s .

,cena

sfip’

plie5te, 1m, suplicar

sfipplic5’tion , s .

, sfiplica

s6pp6rt’

,s .,sostén

,apoyo; 1m

,

sostener, amparar

siipp6rt’er, s .

,defensor

,sostenedor

sfiprem’5gy, s .

, supremacia,hege

monia

sfipreme’

,a .

, supremo

sure [shure], a .,seguro, cierto;

there 5t e tQbe,habrasin duda

surely adv.,

segura

mente,sin duda

sfirprise’

, s ., sorpresa

sfirren’der, rendir

, ceder

sfir’reptitiofisly, adv.

, subrepticia

mente

siirround’

,on

,circundar

,rodear

simpatizador,

sfirround’ing, a .

, cercano, circum

ambiente

sfirvsy’

, 1m,medir o deslindar

terrenos

siirvive’

, 1m , sobrevivir

sfispi’

cion , s .

,desconfianza

,recelo

sfispi’ciofis , a .

,sospechoso, des

confiado

swad’dling 616thes , pafiales

swal’

lew,s .

, golondrina

sw5y, s .

, poder, imperioswe5r (sw6re, sw6rn) , jurar,blasfemar

sweat, 072, sudar

,trabajar dura

mente

sweep (swept, swept) , barrer,

pasar rapidamente por

sweet, a .

,dulce

, sabroso; gustoso

swell,1m

,hin char

,inflar

swept, pret. y pp . de tQ sweep

Swift, J6n’5th5n (1667

novelista y escritor satirico inglés

swift’ly, adv.

,velozmente

swim’mer, s .

,nadador

swim’ming po‘

ol, s .

, piscina de

natacién

swine (pl. swine) , s ., marrano,

puerco, cochino

swine’herd, s .

, porquero

sw6rd, s .,espada

syl’

l5ble, s .

, silaba

syrup5thet’ie, a .

, simpatico, que

simpatizasym

’

p5thizer, s .,

partidario

sym’

p5thy, s ., simpatia

syn’dieete , s .

, sindicado, asocia

cién de capitalistas para empren

der un negocio magno

syn6n’

ymoiis , a .,sin6nimo

sys’

tem,s ., sistema

VOCABULARIO

t5’ble, s .

,mesa

T5e6’m5, ciudad del estado de

Washington

t5c’tics , s .

,tactica

t5 l’

1,s .,cola

,rabo

t5k e (t66k , t5k’en ) , tomar;llevar;

tQ 5 b5ek seat, ser modesto;

tQ 5 se6ld’ing, aguantar um

regafio; tQ 5 walk , dar un

paseo, pasearse; tQ 5ir,

echarse al aire; tQ 5w5y,

llevarse; tQ e6ld, resfriarse;tQ h6ld, coger, agarrarse;

tQ menths , necesitarse meses;

tQ u6tes , apuntar; tQ 6ti ,

quitarse; tQ 6n , asumir,apropiar; tQ p15ge , suceder,

verificarse; tQ sides againstdeclararse contra;

tQ the lead, llevar la delan

tera; tQ the fi60r, tomar la

palabra; tQ th6ught, con

siderar; tQ 5p, alzar,co

menzar; tQ Wing, divulgar(se)

t5le , s .,cuento

,relacién; 5 v

’

ing relacién continuativa

talk , mx, hablar; tQ 5bout’

,

hablar de; tQ 6p, alabar

t5r’

iff, s .,tarifa, arancel

t5sk , s .

,tarea, labor

t5ste, 1m , probar, paladear, catar;

s .

, gusto, sabor

t5t’

tered, a .,androjoso, harapiento

taught, pret. y pp . de tQ teach

t5x, s .,impuesto

teach (taught, taught) , enseriar,

instruir

teach’er, s .

,maestro, profesor

215

teach’ing, s .

, doctrina, ensefianza

team ,s .

, partido

tear , s .

,lagrima

tear (t6re , t6rn ) , desgarrar, des

pedazar

tel’eph6ne, s .

,teléfono

tell (teld, teld) , decir, contar

tem’

per5nce , s .

,moderacién, so

briedad

tem’

pest, s .

, tempestad

tem’

pled, a .

,lugar en donde mom

la presencia divina

tem’p6r51, a .

,temporal, secular

temp6r5’ri1y, odn ,

temporalmente

tempt, vr.

, tentar

tempt5’tion , s .

, tentacién

ten , dieztend, 1m

, cultivar; tender, pro

pender

ten’dengy, s .

, tendencia, propen

sidn

ten’der, a .

,tierno

ten’derly, adv.

, tiernamente

ten’

ement, s .

, casa de vecindad,

ciudadela

Tennessee’

, uno de los estados de

la Un'ién norteamericana

ten’nis , s .

,juego de raqueta

ten se , a .

,tieso , tenso

tent, s .

,tienda de campar

‘

ia

term , s .

, plazo, término; vocablo;—s, condiciones, estipulaciones

ter’rible, a .

,terrible

,horroroso

territ6’ri5l, a .

,territorial

ter’rit6ry, s .

,territorio

test, s .

, prueba, ensayo

Tex’5s , Tejas, uno de los estados

de la Um'

eh norteamem’

cana

th5u , conj ., que, de

th5nk’ful, a .

,agradecido

th5nk s , s .

, gracias

2 16 VOCABULARIO

Th5nk s’

giving, Dia de G racias

th5t, conj .

, que; pron ,ése

,aquél;

a .

,ese

,aquel; of, el de

th5t’s , cont. de th5t is

thaw, deshelar,derretir; s .

,

deshielo, derretimiento

the (se pronuncta the delante de

consonante) , el, la, los, las

the’ater, s .

,teatro

thee, pron . antiguo, te

their, a .

,su

,de ellos

them , pron . los,las; tQ les

themselves pron . refi.

, ellos mis

mos, si mismos

then , adv.

,entonces

thence , ada, de 5 111

,desde en

tonces

the'6ry, s .

,teoria

there , ada,5 111

,5 115

,en aquella

parte; is o 5t e , hay; h5s

been , ha habido

there5f'ter, ada ,

después de esto,

de entonces en adelante

there’s , cont. do there isthese , pl. de thisthe

’sis (pl. the

’ses) , s .

,tesis, diser

tacién

thsy, pron ,ellos

,ellas

thick , a .

, espeso, denso; frecuentethin ,

1m , adelgazar, atenuar; a .

,

delgado; ligero, escaso

thing, s .

,cosa

,hecho

think (th6ught, th6ught) , pensar,creer; tQ of, pensar en

think’er

, s ., pensador

this (pl. these) , a .,este, esta;

pron ,este, esta, esto

these , pl. de th5t;°

of, los de;

t , los que

th6ugh, conj .

,aunque, no obstante

que; e ven no obstante que

th6ught, pret. y pp. de tQ think ;s .

, pensamiento, intenci6n

thou’

s5nd, mil

thread, s .

,hilo

threat’en , 1m ,

amenazarthree tres

three f6urths’, tres cuartos

threw [thru] , pret. dc to threwthrill, 1m

,conmoverse, estreme

cerse

thr6at, s .

, garganta

thr6ne, s .

,trono

through, prep , por, por entre;

por causa de;a través de;all

por todo;a ., que va hasta el fin;

tr5 in , tren terminal;ada ,de

un lado a otro,a través

tt ughout'

, prep , por todo,en

todo

thr6w (threw [thru] , threwn ) ,echar

,tirar; to the 5rms

5round’

, abrazar; tQarrinconar arrojar

thriist (thrust, thriist) , meter,

empujarthfin

’der, s .

,trueno

Thfirs’d5y, jueves

thfis , ada ,asi, de este modo

thy, forma anttgua de your

tick’

et, s .

,billete

,boleto;papeleta

electoral

tie , atar,liar

till, prep ,hasta; conj .

,hasta que

tilt’ed, a .

,inclinado

time'

, s .

,tiempo, hora;vez , época;

pres’ent la actualidad; i6r

the be’

ing, por el momento;

it is f6r the ship’s crew to g6

tQ bed, ya es hora que se acueste

la tripulacién; in al fin

times, veces; f6ur 5s miich

218 VOCABULARIO

tri’él, s .

, juicio, vista de una causa twist’ér, s .

,torcedor

tri’éngle, s .

,triémgulo twg, dos

tribe, s .,tribu twé

’

pénge, dos peniquestrib

’fite, s .

,tribute , encomio; type , s .

,tipo

tg p5y encomiar tyrén’m

'

eél, a .

,tirénico

, cruel

trick, s .,treta, travesura

tried, pret . 11 pp. de tg tri ;a ., pro

badotrim ,

1112,cortar

,arreglar no

tri'p, s .

,Viaje, excursién;

mover los pies con ritmo

trifim'

phént, a .

, triun fantetrou’

ble, s .

,pena

,afliccién ,

molestia

triick , s .

,ca

’

mién

trge, a .

,verdadero; it i§

verdad

trfimp’é’

rfr, s .,hojarasca, cachi

vache

trfink , s .

,trompa; del tronco;

line , linea principaltrfist, 1112

,confiar, fiarse, tenet con

fianza eu

truth , s .

,verdad

try (tried, tried) , procurar, tratar;probar, poner a prueba

try’ing, a .

,penoso

,molesto

tfirf, s .

, césped

tar’key, s ., pavo

tfirn , s .

, genio, direccién; turno,vuelta; in emsu turno; 1112

,

volver,cambiar , revolver; tg

thé éttén’tion , interesarse en

Tfiseé’lé, nombre propio

tfisk , s .

,colmillo

twang, s ., punteado de una cuerda

twén’

tiéth , a .

,Vigésimo, veinte

twén’

ti , veinte

twi’light, s .

,crepfisculo

twin’kle , 1112

,centellear, parpa

dear

finé’ble, a .

,incapaz; to hé

poderfinécefis

’tOmed, a .

,desacostum

brado,inhabituado

finén’

imofislir, adv.

,unénimemente

finéttéched’

a .

, suelto, solterofinbound

’

, a .

,desatado

ffn’

ele Locks , E1 Tio

vCanas

Un’cle Joe , El Tio José

fin’ele Shég

’

gi Whis’k érs , El

‘

io Barbonfineonsfitfi

’tionél, a .

,un constitu

tional, anticonstitutionalfindégé ived

’

, a .

, desenganadofindégid

’éd, a .

,indeciso

,no sabido

findémoerét’i‘

e, a .,

no democré

tico

fin’dér, prep ,

bajo, debajo defindérgo

’

(findérwént’

, find‘

ér

sufrir, padecer

findérsténd’

findér

comprender, entenderfindérsténd

’

ing, s .

,entendim iento;

acuerdofindé

’

rta‘

xk e’

findér

ték’én ) , emprender

findfi’lfl , adv.

,indebidamente, ex

cesivamente

finéag’

i , a .

,inquieto

finéxplored’

, a .

,inexplorado

finféir'

, a .

,in justo

finféir’néss , s .

, falta de equidad

VOCABULARIO 219

finfor'tfinate [o finfor

'chfindte] ,

a .,desafortunado, desgraciado

finfriénd’li , a . , enemigo, poco

amistosofinhép

’

pi', a .,infeliz , desdichado

finhé'

ard’- ofE- ov] , a .

, desconocido,que no se ha oido

fi’nion , s .

,union

fi’ni

'

t, s .,unidad

fini te’

, 1112 , unir, cambiarfini ’téd States , Estados Unidos

(del Norte)finivér

’sél, a .

, universal o

finivér’sitj

’

t, s .

,universidad

finjfist’lj

‘

r, ad11. , injustamente

finknown'

, a .

,desconocido

finlike’

, a .

,desemejante, diferente Q

finlfick’

j’

r, a .

,desgraciado, infor

tunado

finmind’ful, desa

tentofinnét

’urél, a .

,desnaturalizado, in

humano

finnégés’

sfirj’

r, a .

, innecesariofinpré

’

gédéntéd, a .,sin precedente,

inaudito

a .,desenfrenado,

libre“

a

finri’véled, a .

,sin rival

,sin para

lelofinsé

’vori , a .

, insipidofinsj

'rmpéthét

’ie, a .

,poco benévolo

,

poco simpético

fintil’

, prep ,hasta; conj .

, hasta

que

fintime’lji, a .

,inoportuno

fintried'

, a .

,no experimentado

finfi’

gfiél , a . ,raro

,excepcional

finwil’ling, a .

,desinclinado

finwi§e'

, a ., imprudente

fip, adv. , arriba; prep , hacia

arriba (particula agregada amuchos verbos compuestas)

fip’bringing, s .

,crianza

fipon’

, prep ,en

,sobre; (delante

de gerundio se traduce al mcis el

infinitive en espafiol)t‘

ip’

pér- class’man (pl. fip

’

pé’

r- class

mén ) , s .

,alumna de tercera o

cuarto afio en las un iversidadesnorteamericanas

fip’

roar, s .

, tumulto, alborotoadu

, arriba,

en los

a ltos; to go subir las

escalerasfirge , 1112 , excitar, estimularfir

’

gént, a .

, urgentefis , pron . nos; to nos

fise, s . uso,empleo; to m i ke 51

prop ér of, servirse sabiamente do; to hé of ser fitil

fige, 1112,utilizar, emplear, usar,

valerse defi§ed to, solia; usado a menudo

para indicar 1m acto habitualfise

’ful, a .

, dbilfise

'léss , a .

,infitil

u’

gfiél, a .

, usual, acostumbradofi’

guéllj’

r, adu , genera lmente

fi’

tah, Utahfit

’

most, a .

,extremo

, sumo, liltimo

fit’

té’

r, 1112 , pronunciar, articular

vé’efi

'

lnt, a .,vacio

,desocupado

véeé’tion , s .

,vacacion ,

vacaciones,

dias feriadosvain , a .

,vano

vale, s ., valle, canada

vél'

gt, s ., criado, carnarero

vél’id, a .

,vélido

,justo

220 VOCABULARIO

vél’lej

‘

r, s .

,valle

vél’fie, s .

,valor; estimacién

va’ried, a . variado

véri’étjr, s .

, variedad

v

'

é’riofis , a .

,vario

,diverso

v’

air’nished, a .

,barnizado;

o’vé

'

r, barnizadovast, a .

,vasto

,extenso

vgin ,s .

,vena

vél’

vét, s . y a .

,terciopelo

,de

terciopelovén

’igc

’

m, s .

,carne de venado

vén’

ture, s .

,riesgo , especulacion

vén’tureséme, a .

,atrevido

,osado

vérén’dé , s .

,portico

, galeria

vér’diet, s .

,veredicto

,fallo

Vérmil’ic

’

m, nombre propiovér

’sétile, a .

,versétil

vér’

j‘

r, ado ,

muy; a .

,m ismo

vés’sél, s .

,barco

, buque, bajelvést (in ) , 1112

,poner en posesion

(de) , encargar a,vét

’é’ran , s .

,veterano

véxé’tion , s .

,disgusto, enojo

vige’

s .

,Vicepresidente

vi’ciofis , a .

,vicioso

,maligno g

vie’

tor, s .

,vencedor, triunfador

vic’

tory, s .

,Victoria

,triunfo; to

léad to, hacer triunfarvie , 1112 , competir, rivah

'

zar

view [Vfi] , s .

,Opinion , parecer;

Vista; bird’§- e3'

re Vista de

pajaro; point of punto de

Vistavi

’

gilant, a .

,Vigilante, atento gr

vig’

or, s . Vigor, energiavil

’

lage, s .,aldea; a .

,aldeano

vi’olénge , s .

,violencia

v‘

ine’

yard , s .

,Vina

,Vinedo

vir’gin , s .

,V irgen

V , V .

Virgm la, Virginia

Virgin’ian , habitan te del estado

de Virginiavirtue s . , Virtudvi

’

giou, s .,Vision

vig’it, s .

,Visita; 1112

,Visitar

vig’itor, s .

,Visitador

,huésped

vi’

tél, s .

,Vital

,esencial

voige , s .,voz

vol’

lei , s .

, descarga

vote , 1112 , votar; s .

,voto

, votacion

vot’ér, s .

,votante

vow’él, s .

,vocal

voy’age, s .

,Viaje (par mar)

W é’

gég, s .

,paga , jornal , sueldo

wég’

t’

m, s .,carro

,carreta

waist'

coat, s .

, chalecowait, 1112 , aguardar, esperar; tgf6r, esperar, aguardar

wak e (woke , Woke) , también verboregular, despertar;.

tg (fip)despertarse

walk, s .

, paseo (a pie); tg ték ? o

to go for a dar un paseo,

pasearse; tg hé out for a

estar paseéndose; 1112 H a pie ,

andar; to hé out — 1ng, estar

paseéndose; to down ehé

stréet, ir calle abajowall, s .

,pared

,muro , tapia

wan’dér, 1112 , errar, vagar

want, 1112 , querer, desearwar, s .

,guerra

wgrd’rob e , s .

,vestuario

,ropa

wgr’like , a .

, guerrero, belicosowarm , a .

,caluroso

,caliente

warmth , s .,calor moderado

war’

rén t, 111 2

, justificar, garantizarwar’rior, s .

, guerrero, soldado

222 VOCABULARIO

whim’

gieal, a .,caprichoso

whirl, 1112 , girar, dar vueltaswhis

’

pér, 1112,cuchichear; s .

,cu

chicheo,susurro

Whis’tle, s .

,silbato

,silbo '

111"

silbar,

chiflar; to go

andar silbandowhite , a .

,b lanco; thé H ouse ,

la Casa Blanca,residencia del

Presiden te de los Estados Unidoswho, pron ,

quien; quewhole , a .

,entero

,todo

whole’séile , s . y a ., al por mayor

whole’some , a .

,saludable

,edifi

cante,sano

whol’

ljr, adu ,enteramente

whom ,prom

,quien

,a, quien

whoge , pron . y cuyo

why, adv.

, pues; cowl , por quéWide , a .

,an cho

,de an chura

wide- éwék e’

, a .

,muy despierto

W ide’ljr, ad11.

,extensamente

,am

pliamente

wide’ly- known

’

, a .

,bien conocido

wid’én ed, a .

,extendido

,aumen

tado

wid’ow, s .

,Viuda,

Wife (pl. Wiveg) , s .

,esposa

,mujer;

li te difunta esposawild, a silvestre

,salvaje

wil’

dérnéss , s .

,desi-erto

,selva

will, verbo auxiliar para la forma

c1§6n del futuro; s .

,voluntad,

testamento

will (would, querer, estar

dispuestowil

’

ling, a .

,dispuesto, gustoso;

to hé estar dispuestowin (wfm, w6n ) , ganar, veneer ,

conquistar; tQ béck , ganarde nuevo

wind , s .

,Viento

win’dow, s .

,ventana

Wing, s .

,ala;fin

’dér thé pétér

’nél

bajo la proteccion de-

suspadres; to take

gar (se)Wink , 1112 , pestafiear; tg 5t, di

simular,hacer la Vista gorda

win’

ning , a .

,victorioso

,triun

fa-nte

win’

tér, s .

,invierno

v ’trjf , a .

,hibernal

,Biemal

s .

,sabiduria

, sagacidad;

hés béen qués’tioned,

se ha dudado del juiciowige , a .

,sabio; mén ,

sabiosWish , 1112 , desear,

“ quererWith, prep ,

con

withdrgw’

(withdrew [Withdru] ,retirar (se) , salir

within’

, prep ,dentro de

,a la, dis

tancia de; adv.

,dentro

without’

, prep ,sin

W it’

néss , 1112 , presenciar, verWiveg, pl. de wife

woke , pret . de to wak ewom

’

e‘

m (pl. women

s .

,mujer; a

‘

. young una

jo .venWOn , pret . y pp . de to Win;

gané para élwon

’dér, s .

,maravilla; 1112 , pre

guntarse;maravillarsewon

’dérful, a .

,maravilloso

w6n’dérfulljr, adv.

,maravillosa

mente

won’t, cont. de will not

wo'od, s .

,lefia

,madera; bosque

s .

, lefiador

Wood’

péck é'

r, s ., carpin tero (ave)

wood§, s .

,bosque

VOCABULARIO

a .

,cortejante, reque

branteWord, s .

, palabra;mensaje .

Words’worth , Wil’lia'

lm (1770

poeta inglés

Work, sfl, trabajo, labor; 1112,traba

jar; tg héird, trabajar mucho

work’ér, s .,trabajador, obrero

,

operarioWork’i'ng, s .

,funcion ,

operacion;

a .

,laborante, que trabaja;

class , clase obrerawork'man (pl. work

’mén ) , s .

,

trabajador, labrador, obradorworld, s .

,mundo; in $ 6 del

mundo

worn , a .,raido

,cansado; gastado

wor’ried, a .

, preocupado, inquieto;tohé 6

’vér,

‘

estar preocupadode

wbti’

rj'

l, s .

,cuidado

,ansiedad

Wors e, comp. de béd, peorW 131"ship, 1112 , adorar

worst, sup . de b5d, el peor; s .,

10 peorWorth , s .

,valor; a .

, digno;liv

’ing, digno de Vivir; tohé

valerw6rth

’léss , a .

,indlgno, desprecia

ble

w6r’thfr, a .

,digno, merecedor

would, pret . y cond. de Will, quiso,querria; también verbo auxiliaru sado en la formaczon del tiempocondiciona lwound (a wound) , s .

,herida

wréath , s .,corona

,festén

wrén , s . ,reyezuelo, abadejo

wrétch, s .,infeliz

,ente Vil

wrig’

gling, a .

,enroscadura

,colea

dura, meneo serpentino

223

wring (wrfing, wrfing) , arrancar,torcer; atormentar

writé (wrote, writ’ién) , escribir

writ’ér, s .

,escritor, autor

writ’ing, s .,escritura

writ’

ingg, s .,obras

,articulos

pp . de to write; a .

,es

oritowrote , pret . de towritewrought, forma arcaz

'

ca del pret . dctowork , forjo, labré

wrfing , pret . y pp. de to, wringWyo

’ming, Wyoming

Yale, nombre propio

yard, s .

, yarda metro)yea, forma arcaica de yés; también queria decir de veras

yéar, s .,ano; éf

’tér ano

tras ano; from tg de ano

en ano; géne by, anos

pasados

yéar’lji, a .

,anual; adv

,anual

mente

yéll, 1112, gritar; s .

,alarido

, gritosalvaje

yél’lowed, a .

,amarillento

yés , adv.

,si

yét, conj .

,con todo

,sin embargo

yoke , s .,jugo

yon’dér, adu

,alli

, acullé; a .

,

aquelyog , prom ,

tfi, vosotros;le

,10

,la

,te, os

you’ll

, cont. de you will

young, to, béeéme’

rejuvenecer; s .,juventud

Young Small Téeth , ol jovenDientes chicos

224 VOCABULARIO

meis joven , yogrsélf’

, pron .

thé sét, mismo

youth s . ,

jovencito, chico youth ful, a ., joven

your, a .

,tu

,su

,d-

e Vd .

226

Development of Tran sporta"

tion, 76

did, su uso en la interrogacion

y en la negacion ,131

diptongos, 44Don’t Give Up, par Phoebe

Cary, 123

e, los sonidos de, 48Economic Tendencies , Re

cent, 98

- ed, final, su pronunciacion ,

7

Education , American , 90

f, la manera de escribir su

sonido, 8, 57

formas fundamen tales de losverbos irregulares

,23

Franklin , Benjamin , 55

Frozen Words , por J oseph

Addison,120

futuro, como se forma,134

g, los sonidos de, 3, 9, 37,40

,53; final de silaba , 65

delante de e o i, 65

género de los pronombresposesivos, 136; de los

pronombres personales,138

George Washington , 59

gerundio, su forma,30

,133

Goldsmith,

Oliver : M osesM ak es a Bargain ,

108

The G overnm ent of the UnitedStates , 72

h , el sonido de, 28Henry, Patrick : Liberty or

D eath , 103The House that Jack Built, 17

TNDICE ALFABETICO

j, el sonido de, 37 , 65

k , el sonido de , 37; final de

silaba, 8, 65

King Alfred and the Cakes ,35

11 , el sonido de, 22negacion ,

modo de formar,131; con los verbos auxi

liares,132; en el pretérito

perfecto,134

i, los sonidos de, 40Industries , 80interrogacion ,

modo de for

mar,131; con los verbos

auxiliares , 132; en el pre

térito perfecto,134

1, el sonido de, 22; manerade represen tar su sonido,57

Lamb, Charles : The Origin of

Roast Pig , 1 1 1

letras dobles,8 , 41

letras mudas , 12Liberty or Death , par PatrickHenry, 103

Limerick, 130Lincoln , Abraham , 63

Longfellow,HenryWadsworth:

The Ship of S tate , 125

MacDonald , George: TheW ind

and the M oon , 123

M anners , Cu stom s and, 87modismos

,45

,58

M oses M ak es a Bargain , por

Oliver Goldsmith, 108

iNDICE ALFABETICO 227

o, los sonidos de, 54The Old Woman and the Pig, 20

Ou the Vowels , p0 1 J onathanSwift, 129

orden de las palabras en la,

frase, 30The Origin of Roast Pig, por

Charles Lamb, 1 1 1

palabras, su orden en la frase,

30

part icipio pasivo, pronun ciacion de las formas regulares , 7—8 , 34; su uso

,

134

particulas de pronunciacion

irregular, 13— 15, 61The Pilgrims , 50

Pocahontas, Captain John

Smith and, 46

poseedor,como se indica en

inglés, 135

preguntas, 1a forma de,19

,27

eu el tiempo presen te , 37 ,131; en el tiempo pretérito,38, 131

pretérito perfecto, como se

forma,134

pronombres , complementos,

61 , 62, 139; personales, 49,138; posesivos, 136; re

flexivos, 140; relativos, 62,140—141

Raleigh , Sir Walter, 42

Recent Economic Tendencies ,98

reflexivo espanol, 1amanera detraducir ciertos de éstos alinglés , 58, 140

Riddle, 128, 129

v, el sonido de, 26, 53verbo , su forma en el plural,

s , los sonidos de , 4- 5,37; la

manera de escribir su sonido,

57; final, 4—5

,22

Saxe,John Godfrey: Woman’s

Will, 128

Sha kespeare, William : WhenIcicles Hang by the Wall,

126

The Ship of State, por Henry W.

Longfellow,125

silabas, division de las palabraseu

,9,33

, 57

Sir W alter Raleigh , 42The Spanish Explorers , 38

Sports an d Amusements , 83sustan tivos

, su plural, 132Swift, Jonathan : Ou the

Vowels , 129

t, el sonido de , 22; final desilaba, 65

Territorial Expan sion of the

United States , 70th, los sonidos de , 5—6, 61

The Three Bears , 24Tongue Twister, 130Tran sportation , Developmentof, 76

The Two Americas , 67

u ,los sonidos de , 61

“Uncle Joe” Cannon’s Death,

1 16

The United States , Territorial Ex

pansion of, 70

The Un ited States, The G overnmen t of, 72

Elementary English Reader Far Spanish-Speaking Students

Documents

Transcript of Elementary English Reader Far Spanish-Speaking Students